<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Bharath</id>
	<title>Open Educational Resources - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Bharath"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php/Special:Contributions/Bharath"/>
	<updated>2026-06-10T17:44:28Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.35.7</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Create_vCard(.VCF)_File_from_Spreadsheet&amp;diff=10670</id>
		<title>Create vCard(.VCF) File from Spreadsheet</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Create_vCard(.VCF)_File_from_Spreadsheet&amp;diff=10670"/>
		<updated>2020-07-02T09:10:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bharath: /* In Windows */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;br /&gt;
By exporting your contacts from excel sheet to .VCF format will help you to import contacts from spreadsheet to your smartphones. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== In Ubuntu ===&lt;br /&gt;
1 Put contacts on a spreadsheet with a common &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;First name&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Phone number&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; in two columns and save as a CSV file on the Desktop as &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;contacts.csv&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
    * Give Common First Name (Program name as part of the contact name). For example &amp;quot;RIE.XYZ.&amp;quot; next column &amp;quot;Mobile number&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2 Convert csv to vcard by running below commands on terminal.&lt;br /&gt;
                 &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;git clone &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://github.com/mridah/csv2vcf.git&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
                  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;cd csv2vcf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
                  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;python csv2vcf.py ~/Desktop/contacts.csv -s &amp;#039;{&amp;quot;name&amp;quot;:1, &amp;quot;tel&amp;quot;:2}&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;                &lt;br /&gt;
3 Copy vcf file to the phone. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4 Import vcf file to the contacts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== In Windows ===&lt;br /&gt;
1 Open	Excel file in Microsoft Office.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2 Arrange the data if not already arranged. &lt;br /&gt;
    * Give Common First Name (Program name as part of the contact name). For example &amp;quot;RIE.XYZ.&amp;quot; next column &amp;quot;Mobile number&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Arranging the contact in xlxs.png|center|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
3 Click &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;File&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and click &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save As&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4 Click &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Browse&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and select the location where you want to store the file.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5 Select &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CSV(Comma delimited)(*.csv)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; in Save as type.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6 Check if the encoding is set to &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;UTF-8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; or any similar Unicode encoding format.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
7 Head	over to [http://www.csvtovcard.com/ www.csvtovcard.com] and download their software. (Size &amp;lt;1MB)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
8 Install it on your computer and open it.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
9 &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;Select &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CSV	file&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; you	just exported. Select the &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;format&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; you	want to export it in. (Single file or Separate file for each row)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
10 If	attri&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;butes/vCa&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;rd property is not identified au&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;tomatically then	specify it manually.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
11 Click &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Convert&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.	Your file will be converted in seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:V Business card.png|center|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
12 Copy vcf file to the phone. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
13 Import vcf file to the contacts&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bharath</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Create_vCard(.VCF)_File_from_Spreadsheet&amp;diff=10669</id>
		<title>Create vCard(.VCF) File from Spreadsheet</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Create_vCard(.VCF)_File_from_Spreadsheet&amp;diff=10669"/>
		<updated>2020-07-02T09:09:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bharath: /* In Windows */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;br /&gt;
By exporting your contacts from excel sheet to .VCF format will help you to import contacts from spreadsheet to your smartphones. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== In Ubuntu ===&lt;br /&gt;
1 Put contacts on a spreadsheet with a common &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;First name&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Phone number&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; in two columns and save as a CSV file on the Desktop as &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;contacts.csv&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
    * Give Common First Name (Program name as part of the contact name). For example &amp;quot;RIE.XYZ.&amp;quot; next column &amp;quot;Mobile number&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2 Convert csv to vcard by running below commands on terminal.&lt;br /&gt;
                 &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;git clone &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://github.com/mridah/csv2vcf.git&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
                  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;cd csv2vcf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
                  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;python csv2vcf.py ~/Desktop/contacts.csv -s &amp;#039;{&amp;quot;name&amp;quot;:1, &amp;quot;tel&amp;quot;:2}&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;                &lt;br /&gt;
3 Copy vcf file to the phone. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4 Import vcf file to the contacts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== In Windows ===&lt;br /&gt;
1 Open	Excel file in Microsoft Office.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2 Arrange the data if not already arranged. &lt;br /&gt;
    * Give Common First Name (Program name as part of the contact name). For example &amp;quot;RIE.XYZ.&amp;quot; next column &amp;quot;Mobile number&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Arranging the contact in xlxs.png|center|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
3 Click &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;File&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and click &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save As&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4 Click &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Browse&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and select the location where you want to store the file.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5 Select &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CSV(Comma	delimited)(*.csv)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; in Save as type.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6 Check if the encoding is set to &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;UTF-8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; or any similar Unicode encoding format.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
7 Head	over to [http://www.csvtovcard.com/ www.csvtovcard.com] and download their software. (Size &amp;lt;1MB)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
8 Install it on your computer and open it.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
9 &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;Select &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CSV	file&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; you	just exported. Select the &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;format&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; you	want to export it in. (Single file or Separate file for each row)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
10 If	attri&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;butes/vCa&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;rd property is not identified au&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;tomatically then	specify it manually.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
11 Click &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Convert&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.	Your file will be converted in seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:V Business card.png|center|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
12 Copy vcf file to the phone. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
13 Import vcf file to the contacts&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bharath</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Create_vCard(.VCF)_File_from_Spreadsheet&amp;diff=10668</id>
		<title>Create vCard(.VCF) File from Spreadsheet</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Create_vCard(.VCF)_File_from_Spreadsheet&amp;diff=10668"/>
		<updated>2020-07-02T09:06:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bharath: /* In Ubuntu */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;br /&gt;
By exporting your contacts from excel sheet to .VCF format will help you to import contacts from spreadsheet to your smartphones. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== In Ubuntu ===&lt;br /&gt;
1 Put contacts on a spreadsheet with a common &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;First name&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Phone number&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; in two columns and save as a CSV file on the Desktop as &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;contacts.csv&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
    * Give Common First Name (Program name as part of the contact name). For example &amp;quot;RIE.XYZ.&amp;quot; next column &amp;quot;Mobile number&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2 Convert csv to vcard by running below commands on terminal.&lt;br /&gt;
                 &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;git clone &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://github.com/mridah/csv2vcf.git&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
                  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;cd csv2vcf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
                  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;python csv2vcf.py ~/Desktop/contacts.csv -s &amp;#039;{&amp;quot;name&amp;quot;:1, &amp;quot;tel&amp;quot;:2}&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;                &lt;br /&gt;
3 Copy vcf file to the phone. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4 Import vcf file to the contacts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== In Windows ===&lt;br /&gt;
1.Open	Excel file in Microsoft Office.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2.Arrange the data if not already arranged. &lt;br /&gt;
    * Give Common First Name (Program name as part of the contact name). For example &amp;quot;RIE.XYZ.&amp;quot; next column &amp;quot;Mobile number&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Arranging the contact in xlxs.png|center|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
3.Click &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;File&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and click &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save As&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4.Click &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Browse&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and select the location where you want to store the file.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5.Select &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CSV(Comma	delimited)(*.csv)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; in Save as type.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6.Check if the encoding is set to &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;UTF-8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; or any similar Unicode encoding format.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
7.Head	over to [http://www.csvtovcard.com/ www.csvtovcard.com] and download their software. (Size &amp;lt;1MB)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
8.Install it on your computer and open it.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
9.&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;Select &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CSV	file&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; you	just exported. Select the &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;format&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; you	want to export it in. (Single file or Separate file for each row)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
10.If	attri&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;butes/vCa&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;rd property is not identified au&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;tomatically then	specify it manually.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
11.Click &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Convert&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.	Your file will be converted in seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:V Business card.png|center|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
12.Import/Copy the .vcf file to the phone.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
13.Opening that .vcf file will add the contacts to the phone.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bharath</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Create_vCard(.VCF)_File_from_Spreadsheet&amp;diff=10667</id>
		<title>Create vCard(.VCF) File from Spreadsheet</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Create_vCard(.VCF)_File_from_Spreadsheet&amp;diff=10667"/>
		<updated>2020-07-02T09:06:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bharath: /* In Ubuntu */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;br /&gt;
By exporting your contacts from excel sheet to .VCF format will help you to import contacts from spreadsheet to your smartphones. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== In Ubuntu ===&lt;br /&gt;
1 Put contacts on a spreadsheet with a common &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;First name&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Phone number&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; in two columns and save as a CSV file on the Desktop as &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;contacts.csv&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
    * Give Common First Name (Program name as part of the contact name). For example &amp;quot;RIE.XYZ.&amp;quot; next column &amp;quot;Mobile number&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2 Convert csv to vcard by running below commands on terminal.&lt;br /&gt;
                 &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;git clone &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://github.com/mridah/csv2vcf.git&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
                  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;cd csv2vcf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
                  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;python csv2vcf.py ~/Desktop/contacts.csv -s &amp;#039;{&amp;quot;name&amp;quot;:1, &amp;quot;tel&amp;quot;:2}&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;                &lt;br /&gt;
3 Copy vcf file to the phone.&lt;br /&gt;
4 Import vcf file to the contacts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== In Windows ===&lt;br /&gt;
1.Open	Excel file in Microsoft Office.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2.Arrange the data if not already arranged. &lt;br /&gt;
    * Give Common First Name (Program name as part of the contact name). For example &amp;quot;RIE.XYZ.&amp;quot; next column &amp;quot;Mobile number&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Arranging the contact in xlxs.png|center|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
3.Click &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;File&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and click &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save As&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4.Click &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Browse&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and select the location where you want to store the file.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5.Select &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CSV(Comma	delimited)(*.csv)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; in Save as type.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6.Check if the encoding is set to &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;UTF-8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; or any similar Unicode encoding format.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
7.Head	over to [http://www.csvtovcard.com/ www.csvtovcard.com] and download their software. (Size &amp;lt;1MB)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
8.Install it on your computer and open it.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
9.&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;Select &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CSV	file&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; you	just exported. Select the &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;format&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; you	want to export it in. (Single file or Separate file for each row)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
10.If	attri&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;butes/vCa&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;rd property is not identified au&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;tomatically then	specify it manually.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
11.Click &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Convert&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.	Your file will be converted in seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:V Business card.png|center|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
12.Import/Copy the .vcf file to the phone.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
13.Opening that .vcf file will add the contacts to the phone.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bharath</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Create_vCard(.VCF)_File_from_Spreadsheet&amp;diff=10666</id>
		<title>Create vCard(.VCF) File from Spreadsheet</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Create_vCard(.VCF)_File_from_Spreadsheet&amp;diff=10666"/>
		<updated>2020-07-02T09:05:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bharath: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;br /&gt;
By exporting your contacts from excel sheet to .VCF format will help you to import contacts from spreadsheet to your smartphones. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== In Ubuntu ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Put contacts on a spreadsheet with a common &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;First name&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Phone number&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; in two columns and save as a CSV file on the Desktop as &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;contacts.csv&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
    * Give Common First Name (Program name as part of the contact name). For example &amp;quot;RIE.XYZ.&amp;quot; next column &amp;quot;Mobile number&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
# Convert csv to vcard by running below commands on terminal.&lt;br /&gt;
                 &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;git clone &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://github.com/mridah/csv2vcf.git&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
                  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;cd csv2vcf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
                  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;python csv2vcf.py ~/Desktop/contacts.csv -s &amp;#039;{&amp;quot;name&amp;quot;:1, &amp;quot;tel&amp;quot;:2}&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;                &lt;br /&gt;
# Copy vcf file to the phone.&lt;br /&gt;
# Import vcf file to the contacts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== In Windows ===&lt;br /&gt;
1.Open	Excel file in Microsoft Office.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2.Arrange the data if not already arranged. &lt;br /&gt;
    * Give Common First Name (Program name as part of the contact name). For example &amp;quot;RIE.XYZ.&amp;quot; next column &amp;quot;Mobile number&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Arranging the contact in xlxs.png|center|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
3.Click &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;File&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and click &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save As&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4.Click &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Browse&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and select the location where you want to store the file.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5.Select &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CSV(Comma	delimited)(*.csv)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; in Save as type.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6.Check if the encoding is set to &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;UTF-8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; or any similar Unicode encoding format.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
7.Head	over to [http://www.csvtovcard.com/ www.csvtovcard.com] and download their software. (Size &amp;lt;1MB)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
8.Install it on your computer and open it.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
9.&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;Select &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CSV	file&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; you	just exported. Select the &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;format&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; you	want to export it in. (Single file or Separate file for each row)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
10.If	attri&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;butes/vCa&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;rd property is not identified au&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;tomatically then	specify it manually.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
11.Click &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Convert&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.	Your file will be converted in seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:V Business card.png|center|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
12.Import/Copy the .vcf file to the phone.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
13.Opening that .vcf file will add the contacts to the phone.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bharath</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Create_vCard(.VCF)_File_from_Spreadsheet&amp;diff=10665</id>
		<title>Create vCard(.VCF) File from Spreadsheet</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Create_vCard(.VCF)_File_from_Spreadsheet&amp;diff=10665"/>
		<updated>2020-07-02T09:04:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bharath: /* In Windows */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;br /&gt;
By exporting your contacts from excel sheet to .VCF format will help you to import contacts from spreadsheet to your smartphones. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== In Ubuntu ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Put contacts on a spreadsheet with a common &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;First name&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Phone number&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; in two columns and save as a CSV file                on the Desktop as &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;contacts.csv&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Convert csv to vcard by running below commands on terminal.&lt;br /&gt;
                 &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;git clone &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://github.com/mridah/csv2vcf.git&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
                  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;cd csv2vcf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
                  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;python csv2vcf.py ~/Desktop/contacts.csv -s &amp;#039;{&amp;quot;name&amp;quot;:1, &amp;quot;tel&amp;quot;:2}&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;                &lt;br /&gt;
# Copy vcf file to the phone.&lt;br /&gt;
# Import vcf file to the contacts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== In Windows ===&lt;br /&gt;
1.Open	Excel file in Microsoft Office.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2.Arrange the data if not already arranged. &lt;br /&gt;
    * Give Common First Name (Program name as part of the contact name). For example &amp;quot;RIE.XYZ.&amp;quot; next column &amp;quot;Mobile number&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Arranging the contact in xlxs.png|center|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
3.Click &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;File&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and click &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save As&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4.Click &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Browse&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and select the location where you want to store the file.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5.Select &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CSV(Comma	delimited)(*.csv)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; in Save as type.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6.Check if the encoding is set to &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;UTF-8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; or any similar Unicode encoding format.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
7.Head	over to [http://www.csvtovcard.com/ www.csvtovcard.com] and download their software. (Size &amp;lt;1MB)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
8.Install it on your computer and open it.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
9.&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;Select &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CSV	file&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; you	just exported. Select the &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;format&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; you	want to export it in. (Single file or Separate file for each row)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
10.If	attri&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;butes/vCa&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;rd property is not identified au&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;tomatically then	specify it manually.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
11.Click &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Convert&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.	Your file will be converted in seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:V Business card.png|center|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
12.Import/Copy the .vcf file to the phone.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
13.Opening that .vcf file will add the contacts to the phone.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bharath</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Create_vCard(.VCF)_File_from_Spreadsheet&amp;diff=10664</id>
		<title>Create vCard(.VCF) File from Spreadsheet</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Create_vCard(.VCF)_File_from_Spreadsheet&amp;diff=10664"/>
		<updated>2020-07-02T09:03:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bharath: /* In Windows */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;br /&gt;
By exporting your contacts from excel sheet to .VCF format will help you to import contacts from spreadsheet to your smartphones. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== In Ubuntu ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Put contacts on a spreadsheet with a common &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;First name&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Phone number&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; in two columns and save as a CSV file                on the Desktop as &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;contacts.csv&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Convert csv to vcard by running below commands on terminal.&lt;br /&gt;
                 &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;git clone &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://github.com/mridah/csv2vcf.git&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
                  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;cd csv2vcf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
                  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;python csv2vcf.py ~/Desktop/contacts.csv -s &amp;#039;{&amp;quot;name&amp;quot;:1, &amp;quot;tel&amp;quot;:2}&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;                &lt;br /&gt;
# Copy vcf file to the phone.&lt;br /&gt;
# Import vcf file to the contacts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== In Windows ===&lt;br /&gt;
1.Open	Excel file in Microsoft Office.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2.Arrange the data if not already arranged. &lt;br /&gt;
    * Give Common First Name (Program name as part of the contact name. For example &amp;quot;RIE.XYZ.&amp;quot; next column &amp;quot;Mobile number&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Arranging the contact in xlxs.png|center|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
3.Click &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;File&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and click &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save As&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4.Click &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Browse&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and select the location where you want to store the file.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5.Select &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CSV(Comma	delimited)(*.csv)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; in Save as type.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6.Check if the encoding is set to &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;UTF-8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; or any similar Unicode encoding format.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
7.Head	over to [http://www.csvtovcard.com/ www.csvtovcard.com] and download their software. (Size &amp;lt;1MB)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
8.Install it on your computer and open it.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
9.&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;Select &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CSV	file&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; you	just exported. Select the &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;format&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; you	want to export it in. (Single file or Separate file for each row)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
10.If	attri&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;butes/vCa&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;rd property is not identified au&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;tomatically then	specify it manually.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
11.Click &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Convert&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.	Your file will be converted in seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:V Business card.png|center|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
12.Import/Copy the .vcf file to the phone.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
13.Opening that .vcf file will add the contacts to the phone.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bharath</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Create_vCard(.VCF)_File_from_Spreadsheet&amp;diff=10663</id>
		<title>Create vCard(.VCF) File from Spreadsheet</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Create_vCard(.VCF)_File_from_Spreadsheet&amp;diff=10663"/>
		<updated>2020-07-02T07:57:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bharath: /* In Ubuntu */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;br /&gt;
By exporting your contacts from excel sheet to .VCF format will help you to import contacts from spreadsheet to your smartphones. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== In Ubuntu ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Put contacts on a spreadsheet with a common &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;First name&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Phone number&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; in two columns and save as a CSV file                on the Desktop as &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;contacts.csv&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Convert csv to vcard by running below commands on terminal.&lt;br /&gt;
                 &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;git clone &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://github.com/mridah/csv2vcf.git&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
                  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;cd csv2vcf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
                  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;python csv2vcf.py ~/Desktop/contacts.csv -s &amp;#039;{&amp;quot;name&amp;quot;:1, &amp;quot;tel&amp;quot;:2}&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;                &lt;br /&gt;
# Copy vcf file to the phone.&lt;br /&gt;
# Import vcf file to the contacts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== In Windows ===&lt;br /&gt;
1.Open	Excel file in Microsoft Office.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2.Arrange the data if not already arranged.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Arranging the contact in xlxs.png|center|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
3.Click &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;File&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and click &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save As&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4.Click &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Browse&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and select the location where you want to store the file.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5.Select &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CSV(Comma	delimited)(*.csv)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; in Save as type.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6.Check if the encoding is set to &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;UTF-8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; or any similar Unicode encoding format.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
7.Head	over to [http://www.csvtovcard.com/ www.csvtovcard.com] and download their software. (Size &amp;lt;1MB)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
8.Install it on your computer and open it.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
9.&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;Select &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CSV	file&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; you	just exported. Select the &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;format&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; you	want to export it in. (Single file or Separate file for each row)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
10.If	attri&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;butes/vCa&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;rd property is not identified au&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;tomatically then	specify it manually.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
11.Click &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Convert&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.	Your file will be converted in seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:V Business card.png|center|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
12.Import/Copy the .vcf file to the phone.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
13.Opening that .vcf file will add the contacts to the phone.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bharath</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Create_vCard(.VCF)_File_from_Spreadsheet&amp;diff=10662</id>
		<title>Create vCard(.VCF) File from Spreadsheet</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Create_vCard(.VCF)_File_from_Spreadsheet&amp;diff=10662"/>
		<updated>2020-07-02T07:57:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bharath: /* In Ubuntu */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;br /&gt;
By exporting your contacts from excel sheet to .VCF format will help you to import contacts from spreadsheet to your smartphones. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== In Ubuntu ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Put contacts on a spreadsheet with a common First name and phone number in two columns and save as a CSV file                on the Desktop as &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;contacts.csv&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Convert csv to vcard by running below commands on terminal.&lt;br /&gt;
                 &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;git clone &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://github.com/mridah/csv2vcf.git&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
                  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;cd csv2vcf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
                  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;python csv2vcf.py ~/Desktop/contacts.csv -s &amp;#039;{&amp;quot;name&amp;quot;:1, &amp;quot;tel&amp;quot;:2}&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;                &lt;br /&gt;
# Copy vcf file to the phone.&lt;br /&gt;
# Import vcf file to the contacts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== In Windows ===&lt;br /&gt;
1.Open	Excel file in Microsoft Office.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2.Arrange the data if not already arranged.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Arranging the contact in xlxs.png|center|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
3.Click &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;File&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and click &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save As&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4.Click &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Browse&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and select the location where you want to store the file.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5.Select &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CSV(Comma	delimited)(*.csv)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; in Save as type.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6.Check if the encoding is set to &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;UTF-8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; or any similar Unicode encoding format.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
7.Head	over to [http://www.csvtovcard.com/ www.csvtovcard.com] and download their software. (Size &amp;lt;1MB)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
8.Install it on your computer and open it.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
9.&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;Select &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CSV	file&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; you	just exported. Select the &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;format&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; you	want to export it in. (Single file or Separate file for each row)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
10.If	attri&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;butes/vCa&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;rd property is not identified au&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;tomatically then	specify it manually.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
11.Click &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Convert&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.	Your file will be converted in seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:V Business card.png|center|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
12.Import/Copy the .vcf file to the phone.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
13.Opening that .vcf file will add the contacts to the phone.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bharath</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Create_vCard(.VCF)_File_from_Spreadsheet&amp;diff=10661</id>
		<title>Create vCard(.VCF) File from Spreadsheet</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Create_vCard(.VCF)_File_from_Spreadsheet&amp;diff=10661"/>
		<updated>2020-07-02T07:56:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bharath: /* In Windows */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;br /&gt;
By exporting your contacts from excel sheet to .VCF format will help you to import contacts from spreadsheet to your smartphones. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== In Ubuntu ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Put contacts on a spreadsheet with a common last name and phone number in two columns and save as a CSV file                on the Desktop as &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;contacts.csv&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Convert csv to vcard by running below commands on terminal.&lt;br /&gt;
                 &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;git clone &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://github.com/mridah/csv2vcf.git&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
                  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;cd csv2vcf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
                  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;python csv2vcf.py ~/Desktop/contacts.csv -s &amp;#039;{&amp;quot;name&amp;quot;:1, &amp;quot;tel&amp;quot;:2}&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;                &lt;br /&gt;
# Copy vcf file to the phone.&lt;br /&gt;
# Import vcf file to the contacts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== In Windows ===&lt;br /&gt;
1.Open	Excel file in Microsoft Office.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2.Arrange the data if not already arranged.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Arranging the contact in xlxs.png|center|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
3.Click &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;File&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and click &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save As&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4.Click &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Browse&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and select the location where you want to store the file.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5.Select &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CSV(Comma	delimited)(*.csv)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; in Save as type.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6.Check if the encoding is set to &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;UTF-8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; or any similar Unicode encoding format.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
7.Head	over to [http://www.csvtovcard.com/ www.csvtovcard.com] and download their software. (Size &amp;lt;1MB)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
8.Install it on your computer and open it.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
9.&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;Select &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CSV	file&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; you	just exported. Select the &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;format&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; you	want to export it in. (Single file or Separate file for each row)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
10.If	attri&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;butes/vCa&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;rd property is not identified au&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;tomatically then	specify it manually.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
11.Click &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Convert&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.	Your file will be converted in seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:V Business card.png|center|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
12.Import/Copy the .vcf file to the phone.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
13.Opening that .vcf file will add the contacts to the phone.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bharath</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Create_vCard(.VCF)_File_from_Spreadsheet&amp;diff=10660</id>
		<title>Create vCard(.VCF) File from Spreadsheet</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Create_vCard(.VCF)_File_from_Spreadsheet&amp;diff=10660"/>
		<updated>2020-07-02T07:55:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bharath: /* In Windows */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;br /&gt;
By exporting your contacts from excel sheet to .VCF format will help you to import contacts from spreadsheet to your smartphones. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== In Ubuntu ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Put contacts on a spreadsheet with a common last name and phone number in two columns and save as a CSV file                on the Desktop as &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;contacts.csv&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Convert csv to vcard by running below commands on terminal.&lt;br /&gt;
                 &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;git clone &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://github.com/mridah/csv2vcf.git&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
                  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;cd csv2vcf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
                  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;python csv2vcf.py ~/Desktop/contacts.csv -s &amp;#039;{&amp;quot;name&amp;quot;:1, &amp;quot;tel&amp;quot;:2}&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;                &lt;br /&gt;
# Copy vcf file to the phone.&lt;br /&gt;
# Import vcf file to the contacts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== In Windows ===&lt;br /&gt;
1.Open	Excel file in Microsoft Office.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2.Arrange the data if not already arranged.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Arranging the contact in xlxs.png|center|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
3.Click &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;File&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and click &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save As&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4.Click &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Browse&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and select the location where you want to store the file.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5.Select &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CSV(Comma	delimited)(*.csv)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; in Save as type.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6.Check if the encoding is set to UTF-8 or any similar Unicode encoding format.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
7.Head	over to [http://www.csvtovcard.com/ www.csvtovcard.com] and download their software. (Size &amp;lt;1MB)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
8.Install it on your computer and open it.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
9.&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;Select &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CSV	file&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; you	just exported. Select the &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;format&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; you	want to export it in. (Single file or Separate file for each row)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
10.If	attri&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;butes/vCa&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;rd property is not identified au&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;tomatically then	specify it manually.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
11.Click &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Convert&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.	Your file will be converted in seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:V Business card.png|center|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
12.Import/Copy the .vcf file to the phone.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
13.Opening that .vcf file will add the contacts to the phone.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bharath</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Create_vCard(.VCF)_File_from_Spreadsheet&amp;diff=10659</id>
		<title>Create vCard(.VCF) File from Spreadsheet</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Create_vCard(.VCF)_File_from_Spreadsheet&amp;diff=10659"/>
		<updated>2020-07-02T07:53:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bharath: /* In Windows */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;br /&gt;
By exporting your contacts from excel sheet to .VCF format will help you to import contacts from spreadsheet to your smartphones. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== In Ubuntu ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Put contacts on a spreadsheet with a common last name and phone number in two columns and save as a CSV file                on the Desktop as &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;contacts.csv&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Convert csv to vcard by running below commands on terminal.&lt;br /&gt;
                 &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;git clone &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://github.com/mridah/csv2vcf.git&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
                  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;cd csv2vcf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
                  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;python csv2vcf.py ~/Desktop/contacts.csv -s &amp;#039;{&amp;quot;name&amp;quot;:1, &amp;quot;tel&amp;quot;:2}&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;                &lt;br /&gt;
# Copy vcf file to the phone.&lt;br /&gt;
# Import vcf file to the contacts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== In Windows ===&lt;br /&gt;
1.Open	Excel file in Microsoft Office.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2.Arrange the data if not already arranged.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Arranging the contact in xlxs.png|center|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
3.Click &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;File&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and click &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save As&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4.Click &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Browse&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and select the location where you want to store the file.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5.Select &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CSV(Comma	delimited)(*.csv)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; in Save as type.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6.Check if the encoding is set to UTF-8 or any similar Unicode encoding format.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
7.Head	over to [http://www.csvtovcard.com/ www.csvtovcard.com] and download their software. (Size &amp;lt;1MB)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
8.Install it on your computer and open it.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
9.&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;Select &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CSV	file&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; you	just exported. Select the &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;format&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; you	want to export it in. (Single file or Separate file for each row)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
10.If	attri&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;butes/vCa&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;rd property is not identified au&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;tomatically then	specify it manually.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
11.Click &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Convert&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.	Your file will be converted in seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:V Business card.png|center|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
12.Copy the .vcf file to the phone.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bharath</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Create_vCard(.VCF)_File_from_Spreadsheet&amp;diff=10658</id>
		<title>Create vCard(.VCF) File from Spreadsheet</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Create_vCard(.VCF)_File_from_Spreadsheet&amp;diff=10658"/>
		<updated>2020-07-02T07:35:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bharath: /* In Windows */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;br /&gt;
By exporting your contacts from excel sheet to .VCF format will help you to import contacts from spreadsheet to your smartphones. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== In Ubuntu ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Put contacts on a spreadsheet with a common last name and phone number in two columns and save as a CSV file                on the Desktop as &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;contacts.csv&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Convert csv to vcard by running below commands on terminal.&lt;br /&gt;
                 &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;git clone &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://github.com/mridah/csv2vcf.git&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
                  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;cd csv2vcf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
                  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;python csv2vcf.py ~/Desktop/contacts.csv -s &amp;#039;{&amp;quot;name&amp;quot;:1, &amp;quot;tel&amp;quot;:2}&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;                &lt;br /&gt;
# Copy vcf file to the phone.&lt;br /&gt;
# Import vcf file to the contacts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== In Windows ===&lt;br /&gt;
1.Open	Excel file in Microsoft Office.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2.Arrange the data if not already arranged.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Arranging the contact in xlxs.png|center|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
3.Click &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;File&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and click &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save As&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4.Click &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Browse&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and select the location where you want to store the file.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5.Select &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CSV(Comma	delimited)(*.csv)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; in Save as type.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6.Check if the encoding is set to UTF-8 or any similar Unicode encoding format.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
7.Head	over to [http://www.csvtovcard.com/ www.csvtovcard.com] and download their software. (Size &amp;lt;1MB)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
8.Install it on your computer and open it.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
9.&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;Select &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CSV	file&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; you	just exported. Select the &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;format&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; you	want to export it in. (Single file or Separate file for each row)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
10.If	attri&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;butes/vCa&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;rd property is not identified au&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;tomatically then	specify it manually.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
11.Click &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Convert&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.	Your file will be converted in seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:V Business card.png|center|frame]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bharath</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Create_vCard(.VCF)_File_from_Spreadsheet&amp;diff=10657</id>
		<title>Create vCard(.VCF) File from Spreadsheet</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Create_vCard(.VCF)_File_from_Spreadsheet&amp;diff=10657"/>
		<updated>2020-07-02T07:34:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bharath: /* In Windows */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;br /&gt;
By exporting your contacts from excel sheet to .VCF format will help you to import contacts from spreadsheet to your smartphones. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== In Ubuntu ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Put contacts on a spreadsheet with a common last name and phone number in two columns and save as a CSV file                on the Desktop as &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;contacts.csv&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Convert csv to vcard by running below commands on terminal.&lt;br /&gt;
                 &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;git clone &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://github.com/mridah/csv2vcf.git&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
                  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;cd csv2vcf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
                  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;python csv2vcf.py ~/Desktop/contacts.csv -s &amp;#039;{&amp;quot;name&amp;quot;:1, &amp;quot;tel&amp;quot;:2}&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;                &lt;br /&gt;
# Copy vcf file to the phone.&lt;br /&gt;
# Import vcf file to the contacts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== In Windows ===&lt;br /&gt;
1.Open	Excel file in Microsoft Office.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2.Arrange the data if not already arranged.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Arranging the contact in xlxs.png|center|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
3.Click &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;File&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and click &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save As&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4.Click &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Browse&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and select the location where you want to store the file.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5.Select &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CSV(Comma	delimited)(*.csv)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; in Save as type.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6.Check if the encoding is set to UTF-8 or any similar Unicode encoding format.&lt;br /&gt;
7.Head	over to [http://www.csvtovcard.com/ www.csvtovcard.com] and download their software. (Size &amp;lt;1MB)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
8.Install it on your computer and open it.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
9.&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;Select &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CSV	file&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; you	just exported. Select the &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;format&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; you	want to export it in. (Single file or Separate file for each row)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
10.If	attri&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;butes/vCa&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;rd property is not identified au&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;tomatically then	specify it manually.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
11.Click &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Convert&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.	Your file will be converted in seconds.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:V Business card.png|center|frame]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bharath</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Create_vCard(.VCF)_File_from_Spreadsheet&amp;diff=10656</id>
		<title>Create vCard(.VCF) File from Spreadsheet</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Create_vCard(.VCF)_File_from_Spreadsheet&amp;diff=10656"/>
		<updated>2020-07-02T07:20:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bharath: /* In Windows */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;br /&gt;
By exporting your contacts from excel sheet to .VCF format will help you to import contacts from spreadsheet to your smartphones. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== In Ubuntu ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Put contacts on a spreadsheet with a common last name and phone number in two columns and save as a CSV file                on the Desktop as &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;contacts.csv&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Convert csv to vcard by running below commands on terminal.&lt;br /&gt;
                 &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;git clone &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://github.com/mridah/csv2vcf.git&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
                  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;cd csv2vcf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
                  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;python csv2vcf.py ~/Desktop/contacts.csv -s &amp;#039;{&amp;quot;name&amp;quot;:1, &amp;quot;tel&amp;quot;:2}&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;                &lt;br /&gt;
# Copy vcf file to the phone.&lt;br /&gt;
# Import vcf file to the contacts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== In Windows ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Open	Excel file in Microsoft Office.&lt;br /&gt;
# Arrange	the data if not already arranged.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Arranging the contact in xlxs.png|center|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Click &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;File&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and	click &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save	As&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Browse&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and	select the location where you want to store the file.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CSV(Comma	delimited)(*.csv)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; in	Save as type.&lt;br /&gt;
# Head	over to [http://www.csvtovcard.com/ www.csvtovcard.com] and	download their software. (Size &amp;lt;1MB)&lt;br /&gt;
# Install	it on your computer and open it.&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;Select &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CSV	file&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; you	just exported. Select the &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;format&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; you	want to export it in. (Single file or Separate file for each row)&lt;br /&gt;
# If	attri&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;butes/vCa&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;rd property is not identified au&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;tomatically then	specify it manually.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Convert&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.	Your file will be converted in seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:V Business card.png|center|frame]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bharath</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Create_vCard(.VCF)_File_from_Spreadsheet&amp;diff=10655</id>
		<title>Create vCard(.VCF) File from Spreadsheet</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Create_vCard(.VCF)_File_from_Spreadsheet&amp;diff=10655"/>
		<updated>2020-07-02T07:16:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bharath: /* In Windows */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;br /&gt;
By exporting your contacts from excel sheet to .VCF format will help you to import contacts from spreadsheet to your smartphones. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== In Ubuntu ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Put contacts on a spreadsheet with a common last name and phone number in two columns and save as a CSV file                on the Desktop as &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;contacts.csv&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Convert csv to vcard by running below commands on terminal.&lt;br /&gt;
                 &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;git clone &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://github.com/mridah/csv2vcf.git&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
                  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;cd csv2vcf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
                  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;python csv2vcf.py ~/Desktop/contacts.csv -s &amp;#039;{&amp;quot;name&amp;quot;:1, &amp;quot;tel&amp;quot;:2}&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;                &lt;br /&gt;
# Copy vcf file to the phone.&lt;br /&gt;
# Import vcf file to the contacts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== In Windows ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Open	Excel file in Microsoft Office.&lt;br /&gt;
# Arrange	the data if not already arranged.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Arranging the contact in xlxs.png|center|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Click &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;File&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and	click &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save	As&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Browse&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and	select the location where you want to store the file.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CSV(Comma	delimited)(*.csv)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; in	Save as type.&lt;br /&gt;
# Head	over to [http://www.csvtovcard.com/ www.csvtovcard.com] and	download their software. (Size &amp;lt;1MB)&lt;br /&gt;
# Install	it on your computer and open it.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CSV	file&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; you	just exported. Select the &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;format&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; you	want to export it in. (Single file or Separate file for each row)&lt;br /&gt;
# If	attributes/vCard property is not identified automatically then	specify it manually.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Convert&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.	Your file will be converted in seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:V Business card.png|center|frame]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bharath</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Create_vCard(.VCF)_File_from_Spreadsheet&amp;diff=10654</id>
		<title>Create vCard(.VCF) File from Spreadsheet</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Create_vCard(.VCF)_File_from_Spreadsheet&amp;diff=10654"/>
		<updated>2020-07-02T07:14:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bharath: /* In Windows */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;br /&gt;
By exporting your contacts from excel sheet to .VCF format will help you to import contacts from spreadsheet to your smartphones. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== In Ubuntu ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Put contacts on a spreadsheet with a common last name and phone number in two columns and save as a CSV file                on the Desktop as &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;contacts.csv&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Convert csv to vcard by running below commands on terminal.&lt;br /&gt;
                 &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;git clone &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://github.com/mridah/csv2vcf.git&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
                  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;cd csv2vcf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
                  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;python csv2vcf.py ~/Desktop/contacts.csv -s &amp;#039;{&amp;quot;name&amp;quot;:1, &amp;quot;tel&amp;quot;:2}&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;                &lt;br /&gt;
# Copy vcf file to the phone.&lt;br /&gt;
# Import vcf file to the contacts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== In Windows ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Open	Excel file in Microsoft Office.&lt;br /&gt;
# Arrange	the data if not already arranged.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Arranging the contact in xlxs.png|center|frame]]&lt;br /&gt;
# Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;File&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and	click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save	As&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Browse&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and	select the location where you want to store the file.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CSV(Comma	delimited)(*.csv)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; in	Save as type.&lt;br /&gt;
# Head	over to www.csvtovcard.com and	download their software. (Size &amp;lt;1MB)&lt;br /&gt;
# Install	it on your computer and open it.&lt;br /&gt;
# Select &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;CSV	file&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; you	just exported. Select the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;format&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; you	want to export it in. (Single file or Separate file for each row)&lt;br /&gt;
# If	attributes/vCard property is not identified automatically then	specify it manually.&lt;br /&gt;
# Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Convert&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.	Your file will be converted in seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:V Business card.png|center|frame]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bharath</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:V_Business_card.png&amp;diff=10653</id>
		<title>File:V Business card.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:V_Business_card.png&amp;diff=10653"/>
		<updated>2020-07-02T07:13:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bharath: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;csvtovsf&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bharath</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Arranging_the_contact_in_xlxs.png&amp;diff=10652</id>
		<title>File:Arranging the contact in xlxs.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Arranging_the_contact_in_xlxs.png&amp;diff=10652"/>
		<updated>2020-07-02T07:11:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bharath: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Windows convert&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bharath</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Create_vCard(.VCF)_File_from_Spreadsheet&amp;diff=10651</id>
		<title>Create vCard(.VCF) File from Spreadsheet</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Create_vCard(.VCF)_File_from_Spreadsheet&amp;diff=10651"/>
		<updated>2020-07-02T07:09:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bharath: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;br /&gt;
By exporting your contacts from excel sheet to .VCF format will help you to import contacts from spreadsheet to your smartphones. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== In Ubuntu ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Put contacts on a spreadsheet with a common last name and phone number in two columns and save as a CSV file                on the Desktop as &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;contacts.csv&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Convert csv to vcard by running below commands on terminal.&lt;br /&gt;
                 &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;git clone &amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;https://github.com/mridah/csv2vcf.git&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
                  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;cd csv2vcf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
                  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;python csv2vcf.py ~/Desktop/contacts.csv -s &amp;#039;{&amp;quot;name&amp;quot;:1, &amp;quot;tel&amp;quot;:2}&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;                &lt;br /&gt;
# Copy vcf file to the phone.&lt;br /&gt;
# Import vcf file to the contacts&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== In Windows ===&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bharath</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Step_9.png&amp;diff=10648</id>
		<title>File:Step 9.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Step_9.png&amp;diff=10648"/>
		<updated>2020-06-30T10:54:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bharath: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{cc-by-sa-4.0}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bharath</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Step_8.png&amp;diff=10647</id>
		<title>File:Step 8.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Step_8.png&amp;diff=10647"/>
		<updated>2020-06-30T10:52:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bharath: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{cc-by-sa-4.0}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bharath</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Step_7.png&amp;diff=10646</id>
		<title>File:Step 7.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Step_7.png&amp;diff=10646"/>
		<updated>2020-06-30T10:46:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bharath: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{cc-by-sa-4.0}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bharath</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Step_6.png&amp;diff=10645</id>
		<title>File:Step 6.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Step_6.png&amp;diff=10645"/>
		<updated>2020-06-30T10:43:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bharath: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{cc-by-sa-4.0}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bharath</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Step_5.png&amp;diff=10644</id>
		<title>File:Step 5.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Step_5.png&amp;diff=10644"/>
		<updated>2020-06-30T10:34:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bharath: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{cc-by-sa-4.0}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bharath</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Step_4.png&amp;diff=10643</id>
		<title>File:Step 4.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Step_4.png&amp;diff=10643"/>
		<updated>2020-06-30T10:29:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bharath: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{cc-by-sa-4.0}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bharath</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Step_3.png&amp;diff=10642</id>
		<title>File:Step 3.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Step_3.png&amp;diff=10642"/>
		<updated>2020-06-30T10:23:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bharath: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{cc-by-sa-4.0}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bharath</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Step_2.png&amp;diff=10641</id>
		<title>File:Step 2.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Step_2.png&amp;diff=10641"/>
		<updated>2020-06-30T10:20:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bharath: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{cc-by-sa-4.0}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bharath</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Step_1.png&amp;diff=10640</id>
		<title>File:Step 1.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Step_1.png&amp;diff=10640"/>
		<updated>2020-06-30T10:12:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bharath: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{cc-by-sa-4.0}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bharath</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Audacity&amp;diff=10639</id>
		<title>Learn Audacity</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Audacity&amp;diff=10639"/>
		<updated>2020-06-30T09:18:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bharath: /* Basic information */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[http://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/%E0%B2%85%E0%B2%A1%E0%B2%BE%E0%B2%B8%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%9F%E0%B2%BF_%E0%B2%95%E0%B2%B2%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%AF%E0%B2%BF%E0%B2%B0%E0%B2%BF ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Template:Book-sidebar}}&lt;br /&gt;
===Introduction===&lt;br /&gt;
Audacity is a free and open source multi-track audio editor and recorder for GNU/Linux, Windows, Mac OS X and other operating systems. &lt;br /&gt;
====Basic information====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT Competency&lt;br /&gt;
|It is a generic audio resource creation and editing tool.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Educational application and relevance&lt;br /&gt;
|You can use this tool to create own voice recordings, modify existing audio recordings as per your academic requirements. You can mix multiple audio&amp;#039;s together to create educational resources.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Version&lt;br /&gt;
|Audacity Version 2.4.2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Other similar applications&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://ocenaudio.com OcenAudio] is a cross-platform audio editor.&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://wavosaur.com Wavosaur] is a free sound editor, audio editor, wav editor software for editing, processing and recording sounds, wav and mp3 files. &lt;br /&gt;
# [https://traverso-daw.en.softonic.com/ Traverso DAW] is an audio recording and editing program which is very well suited to record a single voice, a band, an ensemble, a whole orchestra or any other source of music! &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|The application on mobiles and tablets&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://f-droid.org/repo/com.ringdroid_20703.apk Ringdroid], using Fdroid -  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
WavePad Audio Editor, using Google Play store &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Development and community help&lt;br /&gt;
|[http://audacityteam.org/help/documentation/ Audacity Team]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Overview of Features====&lt;br /&gt;
* Importing and exporting of wav, aiff, mp3, ogg Vorbis file formats.&lt;br /&gt;
* Recording and playing back sounds.&lt;br /&gt;
* Editing via cut, copy, and paste, with unlimited levels of undo.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Installation====&lt;br /&gt;
=====For Ubuntu =====&lt;br /&gt;
#The application is part of the Ubuntu custom distribution.&lt;br /&gt;
#In case you do not find it on your computer, you can install by typing &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Audacity&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; on top search bar in Software Centre.&lt;br /&gt;
#If you would like to install through the terminal follow these steps below:&lt;br /&gt;
##Open terminal by clicking Applications-&amp;gt;System Tools-&amp;gt;Terminal or through Keyboard shortcut &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Ctrl+Alt+T&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
##In the terminal window, type below command and press enter to start the installation by providing your machine password:&lt;br /&gt;
##&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;sudo apt-get install audacity&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===== For Windows =====&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to [https://www.fosshub.com/Audacity.html this link] and click on &amp;quot;Audacity windows Installer&amp;quot; to download .exe file, save this file in your computer.&lt;br /&gt;
# You can save Audacity executable (.exe) to your desktop or to a folder&lt;br /&gt;
# Double-click on Audacity executable to begin installation&lt;br /&gt;
# Click Yes if it ask your permission to allow this program make change to the computer, Keep clicking on &amp;quot;Next&amp;quot; button to continue and complete the installation.&lt;br /&gt;
Note : After you installed Audacity in your windows computer, you need to [https://drive.google.com/file/d/13ScfBeZcgFUtpMbHiOyjDNpsLZ-P9iRk/view?usp=sharing install this] this &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.mp3 plugin&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to export your audio in mp3 format. Without installing this you can able export audio in .ogg, .wav and any other audio format.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== For Smartphones ====&lt;br /&gt;
Download &amp;quot;[https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?hl=en&amp;amp;id=com.nchsoftware.pocketwavepad_free WavePad Audio Editor Free]&amp;quot; app for your smartphones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Working with the application===&lt;br /&gt;
[https://drive.google.com/drive/folders/1rpuG1V8ISYUS0IbbS7-EVNzWiDl-3VRD?usp=sharing &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Click here to access/Download different kinf of OER background music files&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]&lt;br /&gt;
====Obtaining Audio from different sources====&lt;br /&gt;
Audio files can be obtained from many different sources such as audio recorders in phone, camera, or laptops. The audio recording in laptops can be done using Audacity which is explained in [[Learn Audacity#Step3|Step 3]] below. Similarly, audio can be recorded in other recording devices and transferred to a laptop to edit them using Audacity. Importing audio files from different sources to the laptop is explained in [[Learn_Ubuntu#Step8|Step 8 of Learn Ubuntu page]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Recording with Audacity====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Audacity_1_Option_Menu_To_Open.png|Step 1 -This can be opened from Applications &amp;gt; Sound &amp;amp; Video &amp;gt; Audacity&lt;br /&gt;
File:Audacity_2_Main_Window.png|Step 2 - When you open the Audacity application, it will show the window as above&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Audacity 3 Start Record.png|left|frame|Step 3]]&lt;br /&gt;
To start recording, click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;red record&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button in the Toolbar as shown in the left image. Begin talking or playing any audio and continue for as long as you want. When you feel you&amp;#039;ve recorded enough, click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;yellow stop&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button. Until you stop the recording, other functions on the Menu and Toolbar will be disabled. You can record audio playing on your computer itself, or playing in another external audio device&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Importing audio and multiple tracks ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;200px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Audacity_4_Add_New_track.png|Audio track and adding new track&lt;br /&gt;
File:Audacity 5 Multipal Track.png| Multiple tracks&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To import audio, click File -&amp;gt; Import -&amp;gt; Audio from the menu as shown in the first image above. Choose the music file from your computer, and then click on Open. Once you import an audio clip it will appear in Audacity as an audio track as you can see in the second image. If you want to add multiple tracks, you can do so by clicking on Tracks -&amp;gt; Add new -&amp;gt; Audio track from the Menu as shown in the same second image. With the use of multiple tracks, you can record and at the same time import several audio tracks to work in Audacity as shown in the third image above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Basic audio editing ====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;200px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Audacity 6 Delete middle Song.png|Selection of Audio&lt;br /&gt;
File:Cut selected audio clip for moving to other place - audacity.png|Cutting selected audio&lt;br /&gt;
File:Paste selected audio clip to other place - audacity.png| Pasting selected audio&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;Similar to how we do cut (or copy) paste a selection of text in a text document, we can cut (copy) and paste a selection of audio in an audio file in Audacity. To delete a part of the track, we can select the area of the track we wish to delete as shown in the first image above and then press &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;delete&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; key on the keyboard to delete. To move a part of the audio to another place on the same track or to another track, we need to select it first as we did before and then click on the cut icon on the toolbar as shown in second image. Then the same audio can be pasted by clicking on paste icon on the toolbar as shown in the third image above. The usual keyboard shortcuts for cut(&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ctrl+X&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;), copy(&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ctrl+C&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;) and paste(&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ctrl+V&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;) will also work on Audacity. Once you are done with editing, the final audio can be exported to any audio format from the Menu by clicking on File-&amp;gt;Export and then Save.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Saving and exporting to different formats ====&lt;br /&gt;
# All the edits including files can be saved in &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;uncompressed&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;lossless&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; quality using the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;AU&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; format. An &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;AUP&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; project file is created, along with a folder with the same name as the AUP file that contains the project&amp;#039;s audio data. For example, if you save a project as &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;chanson.aup&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, a folder called &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;chanson_data&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; will contain the audio data. We can save the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;AUP&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; project file with keyboard &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ctrl+S&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; shortcut or through File-&amp;gt;Save from the Menu. &lt;br /&gt;
# Exporting to different audio formats can be done with &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ctrl+Shift+E&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; keyboard shortcut or by clicking on File -&amp;gt; Export through Menu. List of all available export formats supported by Audacity can be found [http://manual.audacityteam.org/man/export_formats_supported_by_audacity.html here].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Adjusting the volume of the audio ====&lt;br /&gt;
Occasionally, you may find that recordings are either too quiet or of poor quality once you come to edit them. This can be remedied to a certain degree in Audacity. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Increase your recorded volume by using amplify feature&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Audacity - amplify audio 0.png|Select amplify tool from effect menu&lt;br /&gt;
File:Audacity - amplify audio 1.png| Select &amp;quot;allow clipping&amp;quot; to increase volume&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To amplify the clip select the track which you want to increase (amplify) the volume, go to ‘Effect’ tab from the top of the screen and choose ‘Amplify’ from the drop-down menu and Finally, use the slider in the new dialogue box to tell Audacity how much you wish to amplify your clip and click ‘OK to apply.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have to select &amp;quot;allow clipping&amp;quot; to increase the volume.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Removing noise ====&lt;br /&gt;
n order to remove ‘noise,’ we must first tell Audacity what the ‘noise’ sounds like so it can be isolated within the audio. Do this by firstly selecting a portion of the audio where nobody is talking –like a break in the conversation, so you just get the ‘noise.’ Next, go to ‘Effect’ and select ‘Noise Removal’ from the drop-down menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Remove noise by using noise reduction option&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Audacity - noise reduction 1.png|Select Noise reduction tool from effect menu&lt;br /&gt;
File:Audacity - noise reduction - click OK 2.png|Select get noise profile and select OK&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the dialogue box, select ‘Get Noise Profile.’ This will then take a sample of the ‘noise’ you wish to cancel out.Next, select ‘Edit’ from the top left of the screen, ‘Select...’and then ‘All’ to highlight the whole clip. Once you have highlighted the whole clip, return to the ‘Effect’ tab, choose ‘Noise Removal’ from the drop-down menu and then click ‘OK’ at the bottom of the dialogue box (see right). This will process the file and remove all of the ‘noise’ from your recording.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Fade a section in or fade it out ====&lt;br /&gt;
These basic fades apply a fade to the selected audio such that the amplitude of the selection goes from absolute silence to the original amplitude (Fade In), or from the original amplitude to absolute silence (Fade Out). The shape of the fade is linear, so it appears as a straight line from beginning to end. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Add fade in or fade out for your track&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Audacity - fade in.png|After added fade in for the track&lt;br /&gt;
File:Audacity -fade out.png|After added fade out for the track&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Highlight the section of audio you want to fade out to silence. The larger a section you select, the longer and slower the fade effect will be. Click &amp;quot;Effect,&amp;quot; followed by &amp;quot;Fade Out&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Fade In&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Advanced features ====&lt;br /&gt;
Audacity is a full-fledge audio editor which has many advanced features. [http://manual.audacityteam.org/man/tutorials.html This page] lists tutorials that provide step-by-step instructions for performing all the interesting things with audio in Audacity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ideas for resource creation ===&lt;br /&gt;
This tool can be used to create own voice recordings, modify existing audio as per academic requirements and to mix multiple audio files together to create educational resources. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== References ===&lt;br /&gt;
# [[wikipedia:Audacity_(audio_editor)|Audacity Wikipedia page]]&lt;br /&gt;
# [http://manual.audacityteam.org/index.html#using Audacity Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://www.gloucestershire.gov.uk/media/1889/editing_sound_files_with_audacity-62400.pdf gloucestershire.gov.uk]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bharath</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Moodle&amp;diff=10637</id>
		<title>Learn Moodle</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Moodle&amp;diff=10637"/>
		<updated>2020-06-29T16:53:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bharath: /* Moodle Home page */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/ಮೂಡಲ್‌_ಕಲಿಯಿರಿ ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Basic information ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT Competency&lt;br /&gt;
|Moodle is a learning management system (LMS) designed to provide educators, administrators and learners with a robust, secure and integrated system to create personalised and collaborative learning environments.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Educational application and relevance&lt;br /&gt;
|Moodle provides and on-line platform for collaborative learning. It empowers teachers to set-up courses, provide learning resources and activities for the course and assess learners. Teachers and learners can share ideas and experiences using the on-line discussion forums in Moodle. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Version&lt;br /&gt;
|Currently using 3.4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Other similar applications&lt;br /&gt;
|TalentLMS &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|The application on mobiles and tablets&lt;br /&gt;
|It is a web based application, and can be accessed through a browser on any device supporting browsing.&lt;br /&gt;
There is also an app which can be installed on mobiles. The Moodle app is available in Google Play Store. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Development and community help&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://docs.moodle.org/dev/Main_Page Moodle]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Install Moodle app on your phone ====&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle is a free application and it is available for smart phone, download Moodle from [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.moodle.moodlemobile&amp;amp;hl=en_IN google play store].&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* After downloading the &amp;quot;Application&amp;quot; just you need to follow the steps &amp;amp; install the Moodle App in your smartphone.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* When the installation is complete login to the &amp;quot;App&amp;quot; through the &amp;quot;Moodle ID&amp;quot; &amp;amp; &amp;quot;Password&amp;quot; provided.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Working with Moodle ===&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle is a free and open Learning Management System (LMS). You can configure any number of courses on Moodle. You can categorise courses as required. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;350px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Dashboard options&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle home page.png|Options available in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we  can see in the above screenshot, Moodle displays &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Calendar of events&lt;br /&gt;
*Latest announcements&lt;br /&gt;
*How many online users have accessed Moodle platform&lt;br /&gt;
*If we expand the navigation, we can have a look at the courses we&amp;#039;re enrolled to.&lt;br /&gt;
*Trending random glossary entry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A course is a space on a Moodle site where teachers can add content (learning materials) and activities (pedagogy) for their students. A teacher may be a faculty for more than one course, a course may include more than one teacher and more than one group of learners.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Both teachers and students have to be &amp;#039;registered&amp;#039; for a course (as &amp;#039;teacher&amp;#039; or as &amp;#039;student&amp;#039;), this role configuration is done by the Moodle administrator. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== How to reset your Moodle ID password ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you forget your Moodle ID or Password, it can be reset by following the below steps as shown in screenshots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Resetting your forgotten Moodle ID or Password&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Mobile App Forgot password Demo.jpeg|Resetting from Moodle App in smartphone&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Web browser forgot password.png|Click here if you have to reset your forgotten ID or password&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Webbrowser forgot password 1.png|Provide username or mail ID to reset&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Logging into Moodle course page ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can login to Moodle, through a phone Moodle app or through any web browser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Logging in from Web browser=====&lt;br /&gt;
Click on your Moodle course link and click on the login to view or to edit the course. Click on https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/lms/ to view a Moodle courses managed by Centre for Education and Technology, IT for Change.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Login to the course&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:1. Moodle login page.png|Moodle login screen&lt;br /&gt;
File:2. moodle - After login.png|Course home page&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you login, you can see the list of enrolled courses and you will see your login name on the top right corner of the screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Logging in from Moodle app=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;450px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Login to the course&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Mobile App.jpeg|Moodle App login screen&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;450px&amp;amp;quot;&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Accessing the Moodle App&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Settings 1.png|Steps to access the course &amp;amp; download&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After logging in to Moodle App, we can find the home screen as shown in screenshot 1, to access the courses we&amp;#039;re enrolled to click on the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; NAVIGATION &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button. The list if the courses enrolled will be displayed as shown in Screenshot 2, if we want to download courses to our storage. We can even download the courses from Moodle to phone storage by clicking the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Settings/Options &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; on top of the Smartphone screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;450px&amp;amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Settings 2.png|Steps to access the course in Browser&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Above screenshot shows on steps to access to BigBlueButton through Moodle App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Moodle Home page ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Homepage 1.png|Pic 1 : Moodle LMS login page&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Homepage 2.png|Pic 2 : Username &amp;amp; Password&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Homepage 3.png|Pic 3 : User dashboard&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Homepage 4.png|Pic 4 : Courses enrolled to in thumbnail view&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Pic 1 :Homepage of https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/lms&lt;br /&gt;
* Pic 2 :Here we have to provide the Username/Moodle ID &amp;amp; Password&lt;br /&gt;
* Pic 3 :After the successful log IN to the account, on the left side of the screen we can find a &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;DASHBOARD&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Pic 4 :We can see the Courses we&amp;#039;re enrolled in &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;THUMBNAIL&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; view also.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Faculty view in Moodle ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Editing sections====&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have a new blank course or once you enrolled as teacher for any course, you can start work on it by clicking the &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Turn editing on&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt; button on the top right side of your screen. Only faculty will have rights to edit the course contents, including adding resources and activities. This is not available for students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the &amp;#039;editing&amp;#039; option is turned &amp;#039;on&amp;#039;, each item on your course homepage and each section/block will display &amp;#039;edit&amp;#039; option, which will enable you to perform different functions such as edit/move/copy/delete/hide. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; In &amp;#039;&amp;#039;your theme the&amp;#039;&amp;#039; icons &amp;#039;&amp;#039;may be  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;different&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. However the functionality is the same for different themes of Moodle.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you click on edit - edit topics, it will take you to edit page (see the below screen shots).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - editing course content sections&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle - edit option 1.png|Click &amp;#039;edit sections&amp;#039; option to start editing section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle - edit option 2.png|Uncheck &amp;#039;Use default section name&amp;#039; for custom title name&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can embed your files, images or videos by dragging and dropping the file to the summary section. You can also adjust the size of the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Un-check &amp;quot;Use default section name&amp;quot; to give your custom heading for your section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start adding section summary under the summary box (you can copy paste from an existing text document also). Use the top &amp;#039;basic formatting&amp;#039; toolbar to format your text, you can &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;bold&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;italicise&amp;#039;&amp;#039; your text and perform basic text editing functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the restrict section, you can restrict the access to the page as in the screen shot below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - editing course content sections&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle - edit - restrictions 3.png|Set restrictions to access the section&lt;br /&gt;
File:moodle add or remove sections.png|To add or remove sections&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have completed your editing and added the text, images, videos in the section, you should click on &amp;quot;save changes&amp;quot; button to save your content under that section.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll to the bottom of the course main page and, below the last section, look for the small &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;+&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;-&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; icons (at right). Click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;plus&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;+&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;)/&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;minus(-)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to add and remove sections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Adding Resources ====&lt;br /&gt;
A resource is an item that a teacher can use to support learning, such as a file or web link. There are two ways you can add resources to the course page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Embedding the resource directly in the section =====&lt;br /&gt;
Web links can be provided directly in the section itself. You can give the link directly or &amp;#039;embed&amp;#039; the link to existing text (which will show as a hyper link). You can also embed images and videos directly on the section page, by providing the URL where the image or video file is stored (using the Insert -&amp;gt; Media option).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Editing the section&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle adding resources 1.png|Embedding the resource directly to the section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:To add hyperlink.png|Stages on how to link external link&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By selecting the words highlighted in the above screenshot &amp;amp; clicking the ‘LINK’ symbol, one more ‘pop – window’ will appear where you can paste the website link for quick access while reading a particular paragraph, for the students.&lt;br /&gt;
Above is the screenshot on how to add the “hyperlink” to particular section of “TEXT” by adding the Moodle LMS hyperlink&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Adding resource to the section =====&lt;br /&gt;
To add a resources like files, folder, URLs or to create a book, choose the section in your course homepage where you&amp;#039;d like it to appear and click on the &amp;quot;Add an activity or resource&amp;quot; available in that section and then select the type of resources you are going to add, from the drop down list. This can be any file you have, which you will upload to Moodle and provide as a resource in this section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you select any resource type from the list, click on &amp;#039;Add&amp;#039;. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the next dialogue box you have enter the required information. See the screen shot  below for details.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Adding resources into the sections&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle - adding file resources.png|Selecting a type of resources from the list&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Name : Type the name for your resources link, it will create a link which students will click on to view the file. It will be helpful to give it a name that suggests its purpose / contents. &lt;br /&gt;
* Description : Add a description of your file if required.&lt;br /&gt;
* Display description on the course page : If this box is ticked, the description will appear on the course page just below the name of the file. &lt;br /&gt;
* Select files : click on &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; and use the file picker to upload your file or drag and drop your file onto the arrow if you are using an appropriate browser. Here you can also create folder and add multiple resource files to a folder. You can use folders to categories files if you plan to provide many of them for the section. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Adding resources into the sections&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle adding resources 2.png|Upload files under the select file section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle upload your resource - files.png|Browse your local file location&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you browse the file then click on upload this file to upload to the page. Finally click on &amp;quot;save and display&amp;quot; to display your resources under the specified section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Adding Activities ====&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle supports a range of different activities that allow you to insert to any section. You can add interactive exercises for your students.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a activities like quiz, discussion forum, attendances, forms and surveys turn on your editing by clicking on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Turn editing on&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;. Choose the section in your course homepage where you&amp;#039;d like it to appear and click on the &amp;quot;Add an activity or resource&amp;quot; then select the type of activities you are going to add into section from the list (for example: Quiz).&lt;br /&gt;
===== Quiz =====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Adding activities&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle quiz activity_1.png|Select type of activity&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle configuring activity details.png|Configure your activity&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After select any activity which you are going to add it to the section (for example: quiz) then click on &amp;quot;add&amp;quot;. In the next dialog box will be a settings form for the activity like below. &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;General&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Name : Type the name for your activity link, it will create a link which students will click on to view the file. It will be helpful to give it a name that suggests its purpose / contents. &lt;br /&gt;
** Description : Add a description of your activity if required.&lt;br /&gt;
** Display description on the course page : If this box is ticked, the description will appear on the course page just below the name of the activity.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Timing&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Open the quiz and Close the quiz : Students can only start their attempt(s) after the open time and they must complete their attempts before the close time.&lt;br /&gt;
** Time limit : If enabled, the time limit is stated on the initial quiz page and a countdown timer is displayed in the quiz navigation block. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring activities&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle adding activity auiz - 3.png|Add basic information about the activities&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle adding activity quiz - 4.png|Setting up display and submitting time&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once the all the settings have been filled out as required and saved, the activity will appear at the bottom of the section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can move any activity around in the course with the move buttons while in &amp;#039;course edit&amp;#039; mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle supports a range of different activities that allow you to insert to any section. You can add interactive questions for the other students in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add questions by clicking on &amp;#039;Creating Question&amp;#039;, then select the type of question you are going to add into section from the list (for example: Multiple Question).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Creating Question&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Question bank 1.png|How to create a new Question&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Question bank 2.png|For the example we are framing ‘Multiple Choice Questions’ type.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Question bank 3.png|You can add the choices for the&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Question bank 4.png|Questions framed in the above screenshot.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Assignment =====&lt;br /&gt;
Assignment helps course creators to give assignments to course participants. The participants can submit assignments in the form of text by typing in text editor or by they can upload their digitally created content. Creators can download the submissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How to add an ‘Activity or resource’&lt;br /&gt;
By enabling the ‘Turn editing ON’ we can add ‘activity or resource’ in the units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - How to add an activity or resource&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Adding activity to attendance 1.png|By enabling the ‘Turn editing ON’ we can add ‘activity or resource’ in the units&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring Assignment&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Assignment_0.png|Select assignment module from activities list&lt;br /&gt;
File:Assignment_1.png|Participants can upload their files here&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Forum =====&lt;br /&gt;
Forum module helps course creators to allow participants discuss about course content, resources etc and share their collective knowledge. After a participant is enrolled for a course, he/she can take part in these forums.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring Forum&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Forum_0.png|Select Forum module from activities list&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Forum_1.png|Edit these menu options to suit course needs&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Also there is a control menu which enables users to participate in the forums with word count and attachment size. This will help maintain the course with optimum sized files. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Forum_2.png|center|thumb|500x500px|Choose attachment size for files to be uploaded ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Questionnaire =====&lt;br /&gt;
Questionnaire module will help course creators to give quizzes, data collection etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a questionnaire, click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add an activity/resource&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and select Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring Questionnaire&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Questionnaire_0.png|Select Questionnaire module from activities list&lt;br /&gt;
File:Questionnaire_1.png|Edit these menu options to suit course needs&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can control response actions and also activity completion which gives more control to the creator/moderators.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring Questionnaire&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Questionnaire_2.png|Helps to design responses better&lt;br /&gt;
File:Questionnaire_3.png|Deadlines also can be set from these menu&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After you finish configuring your questionnaire, click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;save and display&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to show the questionnaire or click on save and return to the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Tracking attendance =====&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Attendance&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; module is designed for &amp;#039;&amp;#039;teachers to be able take attendance&amp;#039;&amp;#039; during class, and for &amp;#039;&amp;#039;students to be able to view their own attendance record&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A teacher can mark the attendance status of a student as &amp;quot;Present&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Absent&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Late&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;Excused&amp;quot;. These status descriptions are configurable, and more can be added. The teacher adds Attendance as an activity of a course, and then sets up the sessions whose attendance is to be tracked. To create course attendance go to any section and click an &amp;quot;Add an activity or resource&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Adding Attendance for the course&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Adding attendance.png|Select attendance option from the list&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Adding attendance - 2 .png| Configuring group &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the general section, enter all the common details like name of the attendance and description about the attendance (if you have).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Discussion forum activity =====&lt;br /&gt;
The discussion forum activity allows students and teachers to exchange ideas by having discussions on any topic. Any teacher or student registered for the course can initiate a new topic, can post comments or respond to available discussions on any topic. The discussions for a topic are automatically shown as as part of a &amp;#039;thread&amp;#039; by Moodle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several forum types to choose from, such as a standard forum where anyone can start a new discussion at any time; a forum where each student can post exactly one discussion; or a question and answer forum where students must first post before being able to view other students&amp;#039; posts. A teacher can allow files to be attached to forum posts. Any images attached in the forum post are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Discussion forums have many uses, such as&lt;br /&gt;
* A social space for students to get to know each other&lt;br /&gt;
* For course announcements (using a news forum with forced subscription, where only faculty can post)&lt;br /&gt;
* For discussing course content or reading materials&lt;br /&gt;
* For continuing on-line an issue raised previously in a face-to-face session&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
To add discussion topic click on the add &amp;quot;an activity or resource&amp;quot; option and select forum option from the activities list.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle discussion topics 1.png|Enter the discussion topic and summary&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle discussion topics 2.png|Restricting attachment size and text length&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the &amp;quot;general&amp;quot; section type your discussion topic and under the &amp;quot;attachments and word count&amp;quot; you can limit the size of the attachment and word counts and number of attachments etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you complete the editing, click on &amp;quot;Save and display&amp;quot; to display third discussion thread under your selected section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students can start replying to a topic / discussion by simply clicking on the &amp;#039;reply&amp;#039; option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Advanced Activities ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Lesson &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2.Workshop &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Multi-lingual offering of courses ====&lt;br /&gt;
The multi-language content filter enables resources to be created in multiple languages. Moodle by default will be in English and for running any local languages, language packages need to install in your server (This will be done by your web admin).&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Moodle Multi-lingual.png|none|thumb|600x600px|Use the Moodle in multi-language model]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Login to your course and on the top right side of the screen you can select the language which you want see your course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Adding content in the course page =====&lt;br /&gt;
For adding other language content into any section, after you enable the editing option and select click on edit -&amp;gt; edit topic.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Moodle mult-lingual content .png|left|thumb|500x500px|Adding content in multiple language]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the section open with edit option, for adding Kannada  text in to the section just add &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;{mlang kn}&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (&amp;#039;kn&amp;#039; means Kannada, replace this with your language) before your text began and at the end of your text just add &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;{mlang}&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. follow the same steps for any other language which is already installed in your Moodle server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====How to add a new course====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a faculty wants to add/create a ‘New course’ to the Moodle page below are the steps.&lt;br /&gt;
    1. Teacher’s Dashboard ►Site administration ►Courses ►Manage courses &amp;amp; categories►Create a new course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - How to add a new course&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:How to add a new course in Moodle.png|Steps on how to add a new course&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Student view in Moodle ===&lt;br /&gt;
This page will help you to navigate around your course as student. Once the faculty enrols you to a course, you can browse all the course content from the Moodle site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Student/User information ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;350px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Student login page&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:1. Edit profile - moodle.png|Home page of student account&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Most courses will allow the student to see profile of the login user from the top right side. This block will allow the student to see information about themselves in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Course navigation ====&lt;br /&gt;
In the main page, you can see the two columns: Navigation, Course contents with course sections and news, and upcoming events. You need to click on each tab to see more information.[[File:2. Course lists.png|thumb|See the list of course you are registered|none]] Once you click on the course, The course will open and from the left side course navigation option, directly you can go to any section in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://youtu.be/TPRHv0-_Ebg Click here] to see the tutorial on how access course content from Moodle mobile app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Participating in activities ====&lt;br /&gt;
Under every section of the course, faculty will give some activities to be completed by students. Activities may be quizzes, assignments, checklists and also discussion topics. Click on the activity to participate in it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Participating in assignments activity =====&lt;br /&gt;
If the activity is assignments, you have click on the title of the activity to read the full assignment and click on &amp;quot;add submission&amp;quot; it will open &amp;quot;online text section&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;file submission&amp;quot; sections, under online text section directly you can give text input of your assignment. In file submission section you can upload any files like images, text files, audio’s etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;450px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle – Uploading the assignment&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Gif to upload Assignment in Moodle.gif|This is how you can upload assignment through &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Moodle App&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Participating in discussion forum =====&lt;br /&gt;
Under the first general section you have to click on the  &amp;quot;General discussion forum for faculty and students&amp;quot; link to see all the discussion topics. To reply to any topic, click on the topic and type your reply by clicking on the reply link under others replies. Under every reply text input box, also it will allow you to upload your files if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Participate in the discussion topics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:3. Course assignments Moodle .png|&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Participating in assignment activity.png|&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to responding to the existing topic, you can create new discussion topic by clicking on &amp;quot;Add a new discussion topic&amp;quot;. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Also, [https://youtu.be/rRaNAdpPJFY click here] to see the video tutorial on how to participate in discussion forum in mobile app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Participating in assignments activity&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:3. Course assignments Moodle 2 .png| Participate in assignment activity&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Assignment submission.png |Online text input section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Assignment submission 2.png | File submission section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In this course you can upload up to sizes 500KB file as assignment, If you want to upload files which is more than 500KB, you can [[Learn Google Drive|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;use google drive&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]] to upload your file and give the link here under online text input section. Once you finish your inputs click on &amp;quot;Save changes&amp;quot; to submit your assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note : - If you want submit any of the video you have created, use [[Learn Youtube|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;YouTube&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]] to upload it and give the video link under online text input section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://youtu.be/MBfFEuWCX20 &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Click here&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;] to see video about assignment submission on Moodle mobile app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Accessing the resources ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The students can access the resources which are posted by the teacher &amp;amp;  given permission for downloading to the students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle – Accessing the resource&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Student accessing the resource 1.png|In the above screenshot we are trying to download a file which is uploaded by the teacher for the student.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Student accessing the resource 2.png|Here in the above screenshot, we can download a whole folder which is uploaded &amp;amp; given access to download for the students.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Advanced features ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Tracking activities of students&lt;br /&gt;
# Tracking assessments and grading assessments&lt;br /&gt;
# Quizzes for ongoing assessment&lt;br /&gt;
# Event tracking using calendar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reference ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://moodle.org/ Moodle]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://docs.moodle.org/34/en/Main_page Moodle handout]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bharath</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Moodle&amp;diff=10636</id>
		<title>Learn Moodle</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Moodle&amp;diff=10636"/>
		<updated>2020-06-29T16:40:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bharath: /* Student/User information */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/ಮೂಡಲ್‌_ಕಲಿಯಿರಿ ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Basic information ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT Competency&lt;br /&gt;
|Moodle is a learning management system (LMS) designed to provide educators, administrators and learners with a robust, secure and integrated system to create personalised and collaborative learning environments.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Educational application and relevance&lt;br /&gt;
|Moodle provides and on-line platform for collaborative learning. It empowers teachers to set-up courses, provide learning resources and activities for the course and assess learners. Teachers and learners can share ideas and experiences using the on-line discussion forums in Moodle. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Version&lt;br /&gt;
|Currently using 3.4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Other similar applications&lt;br /&gt;
|TalentLMS &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|The application on mobiles and tablets&lt;br /&gt;
|It is a web based application, and can be accessed through a browser on any device supporting browsing.&lt;br /&gt;
There is also an app which can be installed on mobiles. The Moodle app is available in Google Play Store. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Development and community help&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://docs.moodle.org/dev/Main_Page Moodle]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Install Moodle app on your phone ====&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle is a free application and it is available for smart phone, download Moodle from [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.moodle.moodlemobile&amp;amp;hl=en_IN google play store].&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* After downloading the &amp;quot;Application&amp;quot; just you need to follow the steps &amp;amp; install the Moodle App in your smartphone.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* When the installation is complete login to the &amp;quot;App&amp;quot; through the &amp;quot;Moodle ID&amp;quot; &amp;amp; &amp;quot;Password&amp;quot; provided.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Working with Moodle ===&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle is a free and open Learning Management System (LMS). You can configure any number of courses on Moodle. You can categorise courses as required. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;350px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Dashboard options&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle home page.png|Options available in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we  can see in the above screenshot, Moodle displays &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Calendar of events&lt;br /&gt;
*Latest announcements&lt;br /&gt;
*How many online users have accessed Moodle platform&lt;br /&gt;
*If we expand the navigation, we can have a look at the courses we&amp;#039;re enrolled to.&lt;br /&gt;
*Trending random glossary entry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A course is a space on a Moodle site where teachers can add content (learning materials) and activities (pedagogy) for their students. A teacher may be a faculty for more than one course, a course may include more than one teacher and more than one group of learners.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Both teachers and students have to be &amp;#039;registered&amp;#039; for a course (as &amp;#039;teacher&amp;#039; or as &amp;#039;student&amp;#039;), this role configuration is done by the Moodle administrator. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== How to reset your Moodle ID password ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you forget your Moodle ID or Password, it can be reset by following the below steps as shown in screenshots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Resetting your forgotten Moodle ID or Password&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Mobile App Forgot password Demo.jpeg|Resetting from Moodle App in smartphone&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Web browser forgot password.png|Click here if you have to reset your forgotten ID or password&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Webbrowser forgot password 1.png|Provide username or mail ID to reset&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Logging into Moodle course page ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can login to Moodle, through a phone Moodle app or through any web browser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Logging in from Web browser=====&lt;br /&gt;
Click on your Moodle course link and click on the login to view or to edit the course. Click on https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/lms/ to view a Moodle courses managed by Centre for Education and Technology, IT for Change.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Login to the course&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:1. Moodle login page.png|Moodle login screen&lt;br /&gt;
File:2. moodle - After login.png|Course home page&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you login, you can see the list of enrolled courses and you will see your login name on the top right corner of the screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Logging in from Moodle app=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;450px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Login to the course&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Mobile App.jpeg|Moodle App login screen&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;450px&amp;amp;quot;&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Accessing the Moodle App&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Settings 1.png|Steps to access the course &amp;amp; download&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After logging in to Moodle App, we can find the home screen as shown in screenshot 1, to access the courses we&amp;#039;re enrolled to click on the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; NAVIGATION &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button. The list if the courses enrolled will be displayed as shown in Screenshot 2, if we want to download courses to our storage. We can even download the courses from Moodle to phone storage by clicking the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Settings/Options &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; on top of the Smartphone screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;450px&amp;amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Settings 2.png|Steps to access the course in Browser&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Above screenshot shows on steps to access to BigBlueButton through Moodle App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Moodle Home page ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Homepage 1.png|Pic 1 : Moodle LMS login page&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Homepage 2.png|Pic 2 : Username &amp;amp; Password&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Homepage 3.png|Pic 3 : User dashboard&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Homepage 4.png|Pic 4 : Courses enrolled to in thumbnail view&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Pic 1 :Homepage of https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/lms&lt;br /&gt;
* Pic 2 :Here we have to provide the Username/Moodle ID &amp;amp; Password&lt;br /&gt;
* Pic 3 :After the successful log IN to the account, on the left side of the screen we can find a &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;DASHBOARD&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Pic 4 :We can see the Courses we&amp;#039;re enrolled in &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;THUMBNAIL&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; view also.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Faculty view in Moodle ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Editing sections====&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have a new blank course or once you enrolled as teacher for any course, you can start work on it by clicking the &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Turn editing on&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt; button on the top right side of your screen. Only faculty will have rights to edit the course contents, including adding resources and activities. This is not available for students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the &amp;#039;editing&amp;#039; option is turned &amp;#039;on&amp;#039;, each item on your course homepage and each section/block will display &amp;#039;edit&amp;#039; option, which will enable you to perform different functions such as edit/move/copy/delete/hide. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; In &amp;#039;&amp;#039;your theme the&amp;#039;&amp;#039; icons &amp;#039;&amp;#039;may be  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;different&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. However the functionality is the same for different themes of Moodle.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you click on edit - edit topics, it will take you to edit page (see the below screen shots).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - editing course content sections&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle - edit option 1.png|Click &amp;#039;edit sections&amp;#039; option to start editing section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle - edit option 2.png|Uncheck &amp;#039;Use default section name&amp;#039; for custom title name&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can embed your files, images or videos by dragging and dropping the file to the summary section. You can also adjust the size of the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Un-check &amp;quot;Use default section name&amp;quot; to give your custom heading for your section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start adding section summary under the summary box (you can copy paste from an existing text document also). Use the top &amp;#039;basic formatting&amp;#039; toolbar to format your text, you can &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;bold&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;italicise&amp;#039;&amp;#039; your text and perform basic text editing functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the restrict section, you can restrict the access to the page as in the screen shot below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - editing course content sections&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle - edit - restrictions 3.png|Set restrictions to access the section&lt;br /&gt;
File:moodle add or remove sections.png|To add or remove sections&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have completed your editing and added the text, images, videos in the section, you should click on &amp;quot;save changes&amp;quot; button to save your content under that section.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll to the bottom of the course main page and, below the last section, look for the small &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;+&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;-&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; icons (at right). Click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;plus&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;+&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;)/&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;minus(-)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to add and remove sections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Adding Resources ====&lt;br /&gt;
A resource is an item that a teacher can use to support learning, such as a file or web link. There are two ways you can add resources to the course page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Embedding the resource directly in the section =====&lt;br /&gt;
Web links can be provided directly in the section itself. You can give the link directly or &amp;#039;embed&amp;#039; the link to existing text (which will show as a hyper link). You can also embed images and videos directly on the section page, by providing the URL where the image or video file is stored (using the Insert -&amp;gt; Media option).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Editing the section&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle adding resources 1.png|Embedding the resource directly to the section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:To add hyperlink.png|Stages on how to link external link&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By selecting the words highlighted in the above screenshot &amp;amp; clicking the ‘LINK’ symbol, one more ‘pop – window’ will appear where you can paste the website link for quick access while reading a particular paragraph, for the students.&lt;br /&gt;
Above is the screenshot on how to add the “hyperlink” to particular section of “TEXT” by adding the Moodle LMS hyperlink&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Adding resource to the section =====&lt;br /&gt;
To add a resources like files, folder, URLs or to create a book, choose the section in your course homepage where you&amp;#039;d like it to appear and click on the &amp;quot;Add an activity or resource&amp;quot; available in that section and then select the type of resources you are going to add, from the drop down list. This can be any file you have, which you will upload to Moodle and provide as a resource in this section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you select any resource type from the list, click on &amp;#039;Add&amp;#039;. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the next dialogue box you have enter the required information. See the screen shot  below for details.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Adding resources into the sections&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle - adding file resources.png|Selecting a type of resources from the list&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Name : Type the name for your resources link, it will create a link which students will click on to view the file. It will be helpful to give it a name that suggests its purpose / contents. &lt;br /&gt;
* Description : Add a description of your file if required.&lt;br /&gt;
* Display description on the course page : If this box is ticked, the description will appear on the course page just below the name of the file. &lt;br /&gt;
* Select files : click on &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; and use the file picker to upload your file or drag and drop your file onto the arrow if you are using an appropriate browser. Here you can also create folder and add multiple resource files to a folder. You can use folders to categories files if you plan to provide many of them for the section. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Adding resources into the sections&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle adding resources 2.png|Upload files under the select file section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle upload your resource - files.png|Browse your local file location&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you browse the file then click on upload this file to upload to the page. Finally click on &amp;quot;save and display&amp;quot; to display your resources under the specified section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Adding Activities ====&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle supports a range of different activities that allow you to insert to any section. You can add interactive exercises for your students.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a activities like quiz, discussion forum, attendances, forms and surveys turn on your editing by clicking on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Turn editing on&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;. Choose the section in your course homepage where you&amp;#039;d like it to appear and click on the &amp;quot;Add an activity or resource&amp;quot; then select the type of activities you are going to add into section from the list (for example: Quiz).&lt;br /&gt;
===== Quiz =====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Adding activities&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle quiz activity_1.png|Select type of activity&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle configuring activity details.png|Configure your activity&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After select any activity which you are going to add it to the section (for example: quiz) then click on &amp;quot;add&amp;quot;. In the next dialog box will be a settings form for the activity like below. &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;General&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Name : Type the name for your activity link, it will create a link which students will click on to view the file. It will be helpful to give it a name that suggests its purpose / contents. &lt;br /&gt;
** Description : Add a description of your activity if required.&lt;br /&gt;
** Display description on the course page : If this box is ticked, the description will appear on the course page just below the name of the activity.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Timing&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Open the quiz and Close the quiz : Students can only start their attempt(s) after the open time and they must complete their attempts before the close time.&lt;br /&gt;
** Time limit : If enabled, the time limit is stated on the initial quiz page and a countdown timer is displayed in the quiz navigation block. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring activities&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle adding activity auiz - 3.png|Add basic information about the activities&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle adding activity quiz - 4.png|Setting up display and submitting time&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once the all the settings have been filled out as required and saved, the activity will appear at the bottom of the section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can move any activity around in the course with the move buttons while in &amp;#039;course edit&amp;#039; mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle supports a range of different activities that allow you to insert to any section. You can add interactive questions for the other students in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add questions by clicking on &amp;#039;Creating Question&amp;#039;, then select the type of question you are going to add into section from the list (for example: Multiple Question).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Creating Question&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Question bank 1.png|How to create a new Question&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Question bank 2.png|For the example we are framing ‘Multiple Choice Questions’ type.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Question bank 3.png|You can add the choices for the&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Question bank 4.png|Questions framed in the above screenshot.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Assignment =====&lt;br /&gt;
Assignment helps course creators to give assignments to course participants. The participants can submit assignments in the form of text by typing in text editor or by they can upload their digitally created content. Creators can download the submissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How to add an ‘Activity or resource’&lt;br /&gt;
By enabling the ‘Turn editing ON’ we can add ‘activity or resource’ in the units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - How to add an activity or resource&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Adding activity to attendance 1.png|By enabling the ‘Turn editing ON’ we can add ‘activity or resource’ in the units&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring Assignment&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Assignment_0.png|Select assignment module from activities list&lt;br /&gt;
File:Assignment_1.png|Participants can upload their files here&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Forum =====&lt;br /&gt;
Forum module helps course creators to allow participants discuss about course content, resources etc and share their collective knowledge. After a participant is enrolled for a course, he/she can take part in these forums.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring Forum&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Forum_0.png|Select Forum module from activities list&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Forum_1.png|Edit these menu options to suit course needs&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Also there is a control menu which enables users to participate in the forums with word count and attachment size. This will help maintain the course with optimum sized files. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Forum_2.png|center|thumb|500x500px|Choose attachment size for files to be uploaded ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Questionnaire =====&lt;br /&gt;
Questionnaire module will help course creators to give quizzes, data collection etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a questionnaire, click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add an activity/resource&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and select Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring Questionnaire&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Questionnaire_0.png|Select Questionnaire module from activities list&lt;br /&gt;
File:Questionnaire_1.png|Edit these menu options to suit course needs&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can control response actions and also activity completion which gives more control to the creator/moderators.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring Questionnaire&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Questionnaire_2.png|Helps to design responses better&lt;br /&gt;
File:Questionnaire_3.png|Deadlines also can be set from these menu&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After you finish configuring your questionnaire, click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;save and display&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to show the questionnaire or click on save and return to the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Tracking attendance =====&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Attendance&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; module is designed for &amp;#039;&amp;#039;teachers to be able take attendance&amp;#039;&amp;#039; during class, and for &amp;#039;&amp;#039;students to be able to view their own attendance record&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A teacher can mark the attendance status of a student as &amp;quot;Present&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Absent&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Late&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;Excused&amp;quot;. These status descriptions are configurable, and more can be added. The teacher adds Attendance as an activity of a course, and then sets up the sessions whose attendance is to be tracked. To create course attendance go to any section and click an &amp;quot;Add an activity or resource&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Adding Attendance for the course&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Adding attendance.png|Select attendance option from the list&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Adding attendance - 2 .png| Configuring group &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the general section, enter all the common details like name of the attendance and description about the attendance (if you have).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Discussion forum activity =====&lt;br /&gt;
The discussion forum activity allows students and teachers to exchange ideas by having discussions on any topic. Any teacher or student registered for the course can initiate a new topic, can post comments or respond to available discussions on any topic. The discussions for a topic are automatically shown as as part of a &amp;#039;thread&amp;#039; by Moodle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several forum types to choose from, such as a standard forum where anyone can start a new discussion at any time; a forum where each student can post exactly one discussion; or a question and answer forum where students must first post before being able to view other students&amp;#039; posts. A teacher can allow files to be attached to forum posts. Any images attached in the forum post are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Discussion forums have many uses, such as&lt;br /&gt;
* A social space for students to get to know each other&lt;br /&gt;
* For course announcements (using a news forum with forced subscription, where only faculty can post)&lt;br /&gt;
* For discussing course content or reading materials&lt;br /&gt;
* For continuing on-line an issue raised previously in a face-to-face session&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
To add discussion topic click on the add &amp;quot;an activity or resource&amp;quot; option and select forum option from the activities list.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle discussion topics 1.png|Enter the discussion topic and summary&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle discussion topics 2.png|Restricting attachment size and text length&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the &amp;quot;general&amp;quot; section type your discussion topic and under the &amp;quot;attachments and word count&amp;quot; you can limit the size of the attachment and word counts and number of attachments etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you complete the editing, click on &amp;quot;Save and display&amp;quot; to display third discussion thread under your selected section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students can start replying to a topic / discussion by simply clicking on the &amp;#039;reply&amp;#039; option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Advanced Activities ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Lesson &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2.Workshop &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Multi-lingual offering of courses ====&lt;br /&gt;
The multi-language content filter enables resources to be created in multiple languages. Moodle by default will be in English and for running any local languages, language packages need to install in your server (This will be done by your web admin).&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Moodle Multi-lingual.png|none|thumb|600x600px|Use the Moodle in multi-language model]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Login to your course and on the top right side of the screen you can select the language which you want see your course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Adding content in the course page =====&lt;br /&gt;
For adding other language content into any section, after you enable the editing option and select click on edit -&amp;gt; edit topic.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Moodle mult-lingual content .png|left|thumb|500x500px|Adding content in multiple language]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the section open with edit option, for adding Kannada  text in to the section just add &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;{mlang kn}&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (&amp;#039;kn&amp;#039; means Kannada, replace this with your language) before your text began and at the end of your text just add &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;{mlang}&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. follow the same steps for any other language which is already installed in your Moodle server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====How to add a new course====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a faculty wants to add/create a ‘New course’ to the Moodle page below are the steps.&lt;br /&gt;
    1. Teacher’s Dashboard ►Site administration ►Courses ►Manage courses &amp;amp; categories►Create a new course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - How to add a new course&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:How to add a new course in Moodle.png|Steps on how to add a new course&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Student view in Moodle ===&lt;br /&gt;
This page will help you to navigate around your course as student. Once the faculty enrols you to a course, you can browse all the course content from the Moodle site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Student/User information ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;350px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Student login page&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:1. Edit profile - moodle.png|Home page of student account&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Most courses will allow the student to see profile of the login user from the top right side. This block will allow the student to see information about themselves in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Course navigation ====&lt;br /&gt;
In the main page, you can see the two columns: Navigation, Course contents with course sections and news, and upcoming events. You need to click on each tab to see more information.[[File:2. Course lists.png|thumb|See the list of course you are registered|none]] Once you click on the course, The course will open and from the left side course navigation option, directly you can go to any section in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://youtu.be/TPRHv0-_Ebg Click here] to see the tutorial on how access course content from Moodle mobile app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Participating in activities ====&lt;br /&gt;
Under every section of the course, faculty will give some activities to be completed by students. Activities may be quizzes, assignments, checklists and also discussion topics. Click on the activity to participate in it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Participating in assignments activity =====&lt;br /&gt;
If the activity is assignments, you have click on the title of the activity to read the full assignment and click on &amp;quot;add submission&amp;quot; it will open &amp;quot;online text section&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;file submission&amp;quot; sections, under online text section directly you can give text input of your assignment. In file submission section you can upload any files like images, text files, audio’s etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;450px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle – Uploading the assignment&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Gif to upload Assignment in Moodle.gif|This is how you can upload assignment through &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Moodle App&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Participating in discussion forum =====&lt;br /&gt;
Under the first general section you have to click on the  &amp;quot;General discussion forum for faculty and students&amp;quot; link to see all the discussion topics. To reply to any topic, click on the topic and type your reply by clicking on the reply link under others replies. Under every reply text input box, also it will allow you to upload your files if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Participate in the discussion topics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:3. Course assignments Moodle .png|&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Participating in assignment activity.png|&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to responding to the existing topic, you can create new discussion topic by clicking on &amp;quot;Add a new discussion topic&amp;quot;. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Also, [https://youtu.be/rRaNAdpPJFY click here] to see the video tutorial on how to participate in discussion forum in mobile app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Participating in assignments activity&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:3. Course assignments Moodle 2 .png| Participate in assignment activity&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Assignment submission.png |Online text input section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Assignment submission 2.png | File submission section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In this course you can upload up to sizes 500KB file as assignment, If you want to upload files which is more than 500KB, you can [[Learn Google Drive|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;use google drive&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]] to upload your file and give the link here under online text input section. Once you finish your inputs click on &amp;quot;Save changes&amp;quot; to submit your assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note : - If you want submit any of the video you have created, use [[Learn Youtube|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;YouTube&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]] to upload it and give the video link under online text input section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://youtu.be/MBfFEuWCX20 &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Click here&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;] to see video about assignment submission on Moodle mobile app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Accessing the resources ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The students can access the resources which are posted by the teacher &amp;amp;  given permission for downloading to the students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle – Accessing the resource&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Student accessing the resource 1.png|In the above screenshot we are trying to download a file which is uploaded by the teacher for the student.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Student accessing the resource 2.png|Here in the above screenshot, we can download a whole folder which is uploaded &amp;amp; given access to download for the students.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Advanced features ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Tracking activities of students&lt;br /&gt;
# Tracking assessments and grading assessments&lt;br /&gt;
# Quizzes for ongoing assessment&lt;br /&gt;
# Event tracking using calendar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reference ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://moodle.org/ Moodle]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://docs.moodle.org/34/en/Main_page Moodle handout]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bharath</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Moodle&amp;diff=10635</id>
		<title>Learn Moodle</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Moodle&amp;diff=10635"/>
		<updated>2020-06-29T16:39:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bharath: /* Student/User information */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/ಮೂಡಲ್‌_ಕಲಿಯಿರಿ ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Basic information ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT Competency&lt;br /&gt;
|Moodle is a learning management system (LMS) designed to provide educators, administrators and learners with a robust, secure and integrated system to create personalised and collaborative learning environments.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Educational application and relevance&lt;br /&gt;
|Moodle provides and on-line platform for collaborative learning. It empowers teachers to set-up courses, provide learning resources and activities for the course and assess learners. Teachers and learners can share ideas and experiences using the on-line discussion forums in Moodle. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Version&lt;br /&gt;
|Currently using 3.4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Other similar applications&lt;br /&gt;
|TalentLMS &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|The application on mobiles and tablets&lt;br /&gt;
|It is a web based application, and can be accessed through a browser on any device supporting browsing.&lt;br /&gt;
There is also an app which can be installed on mobiles. The Moodle app is available in Google Play Store. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Development and community help&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://docs.moodle.org/dev/Main_Page Moodle]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Install Moodle app on your phone ====&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle is a free application and it is available for smart phone, download Moodle from [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.moodle.moodlemobile&amp;amp;hl=en_IN google play store].&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* After downloading the &amp;quot;Application&amp;quot; just you need to follow the steps &amp;amp; install the Moodle App in your smartphone.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* When the installation is complete login to the &amp;quot;App&amp;quot; through the &amp;quot;Moodle ID&amp;quot; &amp;amp; &amp;quot;Password&amp;quot; provided.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Working with Moodle ===&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle is a free and open Learning Management System (LMS). You can configure any number of courses on Moodle. You can categorise courses as required. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;350px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Dashboard options&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle home page.png|Options available in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we  can see in the above screenshot, Moodle displays &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Calendar of events&lt;br /&gt;
*Latest announcements&lt;br /&gt;
*How many online users have accessed Moodle platform&lt;br /&gt;
*If we expand the navigation, we can have a look at the courses we&amp;#039;re enrolled to.&lt;br /&gt;
*Trending random glossary entry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A course is a space on a Moodle site where teachers can add content (learning materials) and activities (pedagogy) for their students. A teacher may be a faculty for more than one course, a course may include more than one teacher and more than one group of learners.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Both teachers and students have to be &amp;#039;registered&amp;#039; for a course (as &amp;#039;teacher&amp;#039; or as &amp;#039;student&amp;#039;), this role configuration is done by the Moodle administrator. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== How to reset your Moodle ID password ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you forget your Moodle ID or Password, it can be reset by following the below steps as shown in screenshots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Resetting your forgotten Moodle ID or Password&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Mobile App Forgot password Demo.jpeg|Resetting from Moodle App in smartphone&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Web browser forgot password.png|Click here if you have to reset your forgotten ID or password&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Webbrowser forgot password 1.png|Provide username or mail ID to reset&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Logging into Moodle course page ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can login to Moodle, through a phone Moodle app or through any web browser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Logging in from Web browser=====&lt;br /&gt;
Click on your Moodle course link and click on the login to view or to edit the course. Click on https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/lms/ to view a Moodle courses managed by Centre for Education and Technology, IT for Change.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Login to the course&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:1. Moodle login page.png|Moodle login screen&lt;br /&gt;
File:2. moodle - After login.png|Course home page&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you login, you can see the list of enrolled courses and you will see your login name on the top right corner of the screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Logging in from Moodle app=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;450px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Login to the course&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Mobile App.jpeg|Moodle App login screen&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;450px&amp;amp;quot;&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Accessing the Moodle App&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Settings 1.png|Steps to access the course &amp;amp; download&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After logging in to Moodle App, we can find the home screen as shown in screenshot 1, to access the courses we&amp;#039;re enrolled to click on the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; NAVIGATION &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button. The list if the courses enrolled will be displayed as shown in Screenshot 2, if we want to download courses to our storage. We can even download the courses from Moodle to phone storage by clicking the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Settings/Options &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; on top of the Smartphone screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;450px&amp;amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Settings 2.png|Steps to access the course in Browser&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Above screenshot shows on steps to access to BigBlueButton through Moodle App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Moodle Home page ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Homepage 1.png|Pic 1 : Moodle LMS login page&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Homepage 2.png|Pic 2 : Username &amp;amp; Password&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Homepage 3.png|Pic 3 : User dashboard&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Homepage 4.png|Pic 4 : Courses enrolled to in thumbnail view&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Pic 1 :Homepage of https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/lms&lt;br /&gt;
* Pic 2 :Here we have to provide the Username/Moodle ID &amp;amp; Password&lt;br /&gt;
* Pic 3 :After the successful log IN to the account, on the left side of the screen we can find a &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;DASHBOARD&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Pic 4 :We can see the Courses we&amp;#039;re enrolled in &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;THUMBNAIL&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; view also.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Faculty view in Moodle ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Editing sections====&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have a new blank course or once you enrolled as teacher for any course, you can start work on it by clicking the &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Turn editing on&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt; button on the top right side of your screen. Only faculty will have rights to edit the course contents, including adding resources and activities. This is not available for students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the &amp;#039;editing&amp;#039; option is turned &amp;#039;on&amp;#039;, each item on your course homepage and each section/block will display &amp;#039;edit&amp;#039; option, which will enable you to perform different functions such as edit/move/copy/delete/hide. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; In &amp;#039;&amp;#039;your theme the&amp;#039;&amp;#039; icons &amp;#039;&amp;#039;may be  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;different&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. However the functionality is the same for different themes of Moodle.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you click on edit - edit topics, it will take you to edit page (see the below screen shots).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - editing course content sections&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle - edit option 1.png|Click &amp;#039;edit sections&amp;#039; option to start editing section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle - edit option 2.png|Uncheck &amp;#039;Use default section name&amp;#039; for custom title name&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can embed your files, images or videos by dragging and dropping the file to the summary section. You can also adjust the size of the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Un-check &amp;quot;Use default section name&amp;quot; to give your custom heading for your section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start adding section summary under the summary box (you can copy paste from an existing text document also). Use the top &amp;#039;basic formatting&amp;#039; toolbar to format your text, you can &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;bold&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;italicise&amp;#039;&amp;#039; your text and perform basic text editing functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the restrict section, you can restrict the access to the page as in the screen shot below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - editing course content sections&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle - edit - restrictions 3.png|Set restrictions to access the section&lt;br /&gt;
File:moodle add or remove sections.png|To add or remove sections&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have completed your editing and added the text, images, videos in the section, you should click on &amp;quot;save changes&amp;quot; button to save your content under that section.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll to the bottom of the course main page and, below the last section, look for the small &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;+&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;-&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; icons (at right). Click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;plus&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;+&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;)/&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;minus(-)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to add and remove sections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Adding Resources ====&lt;br /&gt;
A resource is an item that a teacher can use to support learning, such as a file or web link. There are two ways you can add resources to the course page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Embedding the resource directly in the section =====&lt;br /&gt;
Web links can be provided directly in the section itself. You can give the link directly or &amp;#039;embed&amp;#039; the link to existing text (which will show as a hyper link). You can also embed images and videos directly on the section page, by providing the URL where the image or video file is stored (using the Insert -&amp;gt; Media option).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Editing the section&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle adding resources 1.png|Embedding the resource directly to the section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:To add hyperlink.png|Stages on how to link external link&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By selecting the words highlighted in the above screenshot &amp;amp; clicking the ‘LINK’ symbol, one more ‘pop – window’ will appear where you can paste the website link for quick access while reading a particular paragraph, for the students.&lt;br /&gt;
Above is the screenshot on how to add the “hyperlink” to particular section of “TEXT” by adding the Moodle LMS hyperlink&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Adding resource to the section =====&lt;br /&gt;
To add a resources like files, folder, URLs or to create a book, choose the section in your course homepage where you&amp;#039;d like it to appear and click on the &amp;quot;Add an activity or resource&amp;quot; available in that section and then select the type of resources you are going to add, from the drop down list. This can be any file you have, which you will upload to Moodle and provide as a resource in this section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you select any resource type from the list, click on &amp;#039;Add&amp;#039;. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the next dialogue box you have enter the required information. See the screen shot  below for details.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Adding resources into the sections&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle - adding file resources.png|Selecting a type of resources from the list&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Name : Type the name for your resources link, it will create a link which students will click on to view the file. It will be helpful to give it a name that suggests its purpose / contents. &lt;br /&gt;
* Description : Add a description of your file if required.&lt;br /&gt;
* Display description on the course page : If this box is ticked, the description will appear on the course page just below the name of the file. &lt;br /&gt;
* Select files : click on &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; and use the file picker to upload your file or drag and drop your file onto the arrow if you are using an appropriate browser. Here you can also create folder and add multiple resource files to a folder. You can use folders to categories files if you plan to provide many of them for the section. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Adding resources into the sections&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle adding resources 2.png|Upload files under the select file section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle upload your resource - files.png|Browse your local file location&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you browse the file then click on upload this file to upload to the page. Finally click on &amp;quot;save and display&amp;quot; to display your resources under the specified section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Adding Activities ====&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle supports a range of different activities that allow you to insert to any section. You can add interactive exercises for your students.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a activities like quiz, discussion forum, attendances, forms and surveys turn on your editing by clicking on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Turn editing on&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;. Choose the section in your course homepage where you&amp;#039;d like it to appear and click on the &amp;quot;Add an activity or resource&amp;quot; then select the type of activities you are going to add into section from the list (for example: Quiz).&lt;br /&gt;
===== Quiz =====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Adding activities&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle quiz activity_1.png|Select type of activity&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle configuring activity details.png|Configure your activity&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After select any activity which you are going to add it to the section (for example: quiz) then click on &amp;quot;add&amp;quot;. In the next dialog box will be a settings form for the activity like below. &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;General&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Name : Type the name for your activity link, it will create a link which students will click on to view the file. It will be helpful to give it a name that suggests its purpose / contents. &lt;br /&gt;
** Description : Add a description of your activity if required.&lt;br /&gt;
** Display description on the course page : If this box is ticked, the description will appear on the course page just below the name of the activity.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Timing&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Open the quiz and Close the quiz : Students can only start their attempt(s) after the open time and they must complete their attempts before the close time.&lt;br /&gt;
** Time limit : If enabled, the time limit is stated on the initial quiz page and a countdown timer is displayed in the quiz navigation block. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring activities&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle adding activity auiz - 3.png|Add basic information about the activities&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle adding activity quiz - 4.png|Setting up display and submitting time&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once the all the settings have been filled out as required and saved, the activity will appear at the bottom of the section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can move any activity around in the course with the move buttons while in &amp;#039;course edit&amp;#039; mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle supports a range of different activities that allow you to insert to any section. You can add interactive questions for the other students in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add questions by clicking on &amp;#039;Creating Question&amp;#039;, then select the type of question you are going to add into section from the list (for example: Multiple Question).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Creating Question&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Question bank 1.png|How to create a new Question&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Question bank 2.png|For the example we are framing ‘Multiple Choice Questions’ type.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Question bank 3.png|You can add the choices for the&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Question bank 4.png|Questions framed in the above screenshot.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Assignment =====&lt;br /&gt;
Assignment helps course creators to give assignments to course participants. The participants can submit assignments in the form of text by typing in text editor or by they can upload their digitally created content. Creators can download the submissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How to add an ‘Activity or resource’&lt;br /&gt;
By enabling the ‘Turn editing ON’ we can add ‘activity or resource’ in the units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - How to add an activity or resource&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Adding activity to attendance 1.png|By enabling the ‘Turn editing ON’ we can add ‘activity or resource’ in the units&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring Assignment&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Assignment_0.png|Select assignment module from activities list&lt;br /&gt;
File:Assignment_1.png|Participants can upload their files here&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Forum =====&lt;br /&gt;
Forum module helps course creators to allow participants discuss about course content, resources etc and share their collective knowledge. After a participant is enrolled for a course, he/she can take part in these forums.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring Forum&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Forum_0.png|Select Forum module from activities list&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Forum_1.png|Edit these menu options to suit course needs&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Also there is a control menu which enables users to participate in the forums with word count and attachment size. This will help maintain the course with optimum sized files. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Forum_2.png|center|thumb|500x500px|Choose attachment size for files to be uploaded ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Questionnaire =====&lt;br /&gt;
Questionnaire module will help course creators to give quizzes, data collection etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a questionnaire, click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add an activity/resource&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and select Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring Questionnaire&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Questionnaire_0.png|Select Questionnaire module from activities list&lt;br /&gt;
File:Questionnaire_1.png|Edit these menu options to suit course needs&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can control response actions and also activity completion which gives more control to the creator/moderators.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring Questionnaire&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Questionnaire_2.png|Helps to design responses better&lt;br /&gt;
File:Questionnaire_3.png|Deadlines also can be set from these menu&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After you finish configuring your questionnaire, click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;save and display&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to show the questionnaire or click on save and return to the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Tracking attendance =====&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Attendance&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; module is designed for &amp;#039;&amp;#039;teachers to be able take attendance&amp;#039;&amp;#039; during class, and for &amp;#039;&amp;#039;students to be able to view their own attendance record&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A teacher can mark the attendance status of a student as &amp;quot;Present&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Absent&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Late&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;Excused&amp;quot;. These status descriptions are configurable, and more can be added. The teacher adds Attendance as an activity of a course, and then sets up the sessions whose attendance is to be tracked. To create course attendance go to any section and click an &amp;quot;Add an activity or resource&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Adding Attendance for the course&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Adding attendance.png|Select attendance option from the list&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Adding attendance - 2 .png| Configuring group &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the general section, enter all the common details like name of the attendance and description about the attendance (if you have).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Discussion forum activity =====&lt;br /&gt;
The discussion forum activity allows students and teachers to exchange ideas by having discussions on any topic. Any teacher or student registered for the course can initiate a new topic, can post comments or respond to available discussions on any topic. The discussions for a topic are automatically shown as as part of a &amp;#039;thread&amp;#039; by Moodle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several forum types to choose from, such as a standard forum where anyone can start a new discussion at any time; a forum where each student can post exactly one discussion; or a question and answer forum where students must first post before being able to view other students&amp;#039; posts. A teacher can allow files to be attached to forum posts. Any images attached in the forum post are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Discussion forums have many uses, such as&lt;br /&gt;
* A social space for students to get to know each other&lt;br /&gt;
* For course announcements (using a news forum with forced subscription, where only faculty can post)&lt;br /&gt;
* For discussing course content or reading materials&lt;br /&gt;
* For continuing on-line an issue raised previously in a face-to-face session&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
To add discussion topic click on the add &amp;quot;an activity or resource&amp;quot; option and select forum option from the activities list.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle discussion topics 1.png|Enter the discussion topic and summary&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle discussion topics 2.png|Restricting attachment size and text length&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the &amp;quot;general&amp;quot; section type your discussion topic and under the &amp;quot;attachments and word count&amp;quot; you can limit the size of the attachment and word counts and number of attachments etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you complete the editing, click on &amp;quot;Save and display&amp;quot; to display third discussion thread under your selected section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students can start replying to a topic / discussion by simply clicking on the &amp;#039;reply&amp;#039; option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Advanced Activities ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Lesson &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2.Workshop &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Multi-lingual offering of courses ====&lt;br /&gt;
The multi-language content filter enables resources to be created in multiple languages. Moodle by default will be in English and for running any local languages, language packages need to install in your server (This will be done by your web admin).&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Moodle Multi-lingual.png|none|thumb|600x600px|Use the Moodle in multi-language model]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Login to your course and on the top right side of the screen you can select the language which you want see your course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Adding content in the course page =====&lt;br /&gt;
For adding other language content into any section, after you enable the editing option and select click on edit -&amp;gt; edit topic.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Moodle mult-lingual content .png|left|thumb|500x500px|Adding content in multiple language]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the section open with edit option, for adding Kannada  text in to the section just add &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;{mlang kn}&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (&amp;#039;kn&amp;#039; means Kannada, replace this with your language) before your text began and at the end of your text just add &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;{mlang}&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. follow the same steps for any other language which is already installed in your Moodle server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====How to add a new course====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a faculty wants to add/create a ‘New course’ to the Moodle page below are the steps.&lt;br /&gt;
    1. Teacher’s Dashboard ►Site administration ►Courses ►Manage courses &amp;amp; categories►Create a new course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - How to add a new course&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:How to add a new course in Moodle.png|Steps on how to add a new course&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Student view in Moodle ===&lt;br /&gt;
This page will help you to navigate around your course as student. Once the faculty enrols you to a course, you can browse all the course content from the Moodle site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Student/User information ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Student login page&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:1. Edit profile - moodle.png|Home page of student account&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Most courses will allow the student to see profile of the login user from the top right side. This block will allow the student to see information about themselves in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Course navigation ====&lt;br /&gt;
In the main page, you can see the two columns: Navigation, Course contents with course sections and news, and upcoming events. You need to click on each tab to see more information.[[File:2. Course lists.png|thumb|See the list of course you are registered|none]] Once you click on the course, The course will open and from the left side course navigation option, directly you can go to any section in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://youtu.be/TPRHv0-_Ebg Click here] to see the tutorial on how access course content from Moodle mobile app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Participating in activities ====&lt;br /&gt;
Under every section of the course, faculty will give some activities to be completed by students. Activities may be quizzes, assignments, checklists and also discussion topics. Click on the activity to participate in it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Participating in assignments activity =====&lt;br /&gt;
If the activity is assignments, you have click on the title of the activity to read the full assignment and click on &amp;quot;add submission&amp;quot; it will open &amp;quot;online text section&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;file submission&amp;quot; sections, under online text section directly you can give text input of your assignment. In file submission section you can upload any files like images, text files, audio’s etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;450px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle – Uploading the assignment&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Gif to upload Assignment in Moodle.gif|This is how you can upload assignment through &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Moodle App&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Participating in discussion forum =====&lt;br /&gt;
Under the first general section you have to click on the  &amp;quot;General discussion forum for faculty and students&amp;quot; link to see all the discussion topics. To reply to any topic, click on the topic and type your reply by clicking on the reply link under others replies. Under every reply text input box, also it will allow you to upload your files if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Participate in the discussion topics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:3. Course assignments Moodle .png|&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Participating in assignment activity.png|&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to responding to the existing topic, you can create new discussion topic by clicking on &amp;quot;Add a new discussion topic&amp;quot;. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Also, [https://youtu.be/rRaNAdpPJFY click here] to see the video tutorial on how to participate in discussion forum in mobile app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Participating in assignments activity&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:3. Course assignments Moodle 2 .png| Participate in assignment activity&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Assignment submission.png |Online text input section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Assignment submission 2.png | File submission section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In this course you can upload up to sizes 500KB file as assignment, If you want to upload files which is more than 500KB, you can [[Learn Google Drive|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;use google drive&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]] to upload your file and give the link here under online text input section. Once you finish your inputs click on &amp;quot;Save changes&amp;quot; to submit your assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note : - If you want submit any of the video you have created, use [[Learn Youtube|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;YouTube&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]] to upload it and give the video link under online text input section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://youtu.be/MBfFEuWCX20 &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Click here&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;] to see video about assignment submission on Moodle mobile app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Accessing the resources ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The students can access the resources which are posted by the teacher &amp;amp;  given permission for downloading to the students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle – Accessing the resource&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Student accessing the resource 1.png|In the above screenshot we are trying to download a file which is uploaded by the teacher for the student.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Student accessing the resource 2.png|Here in the above screenshot, we can download a whole folder which is uploaded &amp;amp; given access to download for the students.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Advanced features ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Tracking activities of students&lt;br /&gt;
# Tracking assessments and grading assessments&lt;br /&gt;
# Quizzes for ongoing assessment&lt;br /&gt;
# Event tracking using calendar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reference ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://moodle.org/ Moodle]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://docs.moodle.org/34/en/Main_page Moodle handout]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bharath</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Moodle&amp;diff=10634</id>
		<title>Learn Moodle</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Moodle&amp;diff=10634"/>
		<updated>2020-06-29T16:39:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bharath: /* Student/User information */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/ಮೂಡಲ್‌_ಕಲಿಯಿರಿ ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Basic information ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT Competency&lt;br /&gt;
|Moodle is a learning management system (LMS) designed to provide educators, administrators and learners with a robust, secure and integrated system to create personalised and collaborative learning environments.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Educational application and relevance&lt;br /&gt;
|Moodle provides and on-line platform for collaborative learning. It empowers teachers to set-up courses, provide learning resources and activities for the course and assess learners. Teachers and learners can share ideas and experiences using the on-line discussion forums in Moodle. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Version&lt;br /&gt;
|Currently using 3.4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Other similar applications&lt;br /&gt;
|TalentLMS &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|The application on mobiles and tablets&lt;br /&gt;
|It is a web based application, and can be accessed through a browser on any device supporting browsing.&lt;br /&gt;
There is also an app which can be installed on mobiles. The Moodle app is available in Google Play Store. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Development and community help&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://docs.moodle.org/dev/Main_Page Moodle]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Install Moodle app on your phone ====&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle is a free application and it is available for smart phone, download Moodle from [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.moodle.moodlemobile&amp;amp;hl=en_IN google play store].&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* After downloading the &amp;quot;Application&amp;quot; just you need to follow the steps &amp;amp; install the Moodle App in your smartphone.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* When the installation is complete login to the &amp;quot;App&amp;quot; through the &amp;quot;Moodle ID&amp;quot; &amp;amp; &amp;quot;Password&amp;quot; provided.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Working with Moodle ===&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle is a free and open Learning Management System (LMS). You can configure any number of courses on Moodle. You can categorise courses as required. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;350px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Dashboard options&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle home page.png|Options available in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we  can see in the above screenshot, Moodle displays &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Calendar of events&lt;br /&gt;
*Latest announcements&lt;br /&gt;
*How many online users have accessed Moodle platform&lt;br /&gt;
*If we expand the navigation, we can have a look at the courses we&amp;#039;re enrolled to.&lt;br /&gt;
*Trending random glossary entry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A course is a space on a Moodle site where teachers can add content (learning materials) and activities (pedagogy) for their students. A teacher may be a faculty for more than one course, a course may include more than one teacher and more than one group of learners.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Both teachers and students have to be &amp;#039;registered&amp;#039; for a course (as &amp;#039;teacher&amp;#039; or as &amp;#039;student&amp;#039;), this role configuration is done by the Moodle administrator. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== How to reset your Moodle ID password ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you forget your Moodle ID or Password, it can be reset by following the below steps as shown in screenshots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Resetting your forgotten Moodle ID or Password&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Mobile App Forgot password Demo.jpeg|Resetting from Moodle App in smartphone&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Web browser forgot password.png|Click here if you have to reset your forgotten ID or password&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Webbrowser forgot password 1.png|Provide username or mail ID to reset&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Logging into Moodle course page ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can login to Moodle, through a phone Moodle app or through any web browser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Logging in from Web browser=====&lt;br /&gt;
Click on your Moodle course link and click on the login to view or to edit the course. Click on https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/lms/ to view a Moodle courses managed by Centre for Education and Technology, IT for Change.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Login to the course&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:1. Moodle login page.png|Moodle login screen&lt;br /&gt;
File:2. moodle - After login.png|Course home page&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you login, you can see the list of enrolled courses and you will see your login name on the top right corner of the screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Logging in from Moodle app=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;450px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Login to the course&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Mobile App.jpeg|Moodle App login screen&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;450px&amp;amp;quot;&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Accessing the Moodle App&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Settings 1.png|Steps to access the course &amp;amp; download&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After logging in to Moodle App, we can find the home screen as shown in screenshot 1, to access the courses we&amp;#039;re enrolled to click on the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; NAVIGATION &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button. The list if the courses enrolled will be displayed as shown in Screenshot 2, if we want to download courses to our storage. We can even download the courses from Moodle to phone storage by clicking the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Settings/Options &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; on top of the Smartphone screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;450px&amp;amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Settings 2.png|Steps to access the course in Browser&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Above screenshot shows on steps to access to BigBlueButton through Moodle App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Moodle Home page ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Homepage 1.png|Pic 1 : Moodle LMS login page&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Homepage 2.png|Pic 2 : Username &amp;amp; Password&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Homepage 3.png|Pic 3 : User dashboard&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Homepage 4.png|Pic 4 : Courses enrolled to in thumbnail view&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Pic 1 :Homepage of https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/lms&lt;br /&gt;
* Pic 2 :Here we have to provide the Username/Moodle ID &amp;amp; Password&lt;br /&gt;
* Pic 3 :After the successful log IN to the account, on the left side of the screen we can find a &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;DASHBOARD&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Pic 4 :We can see the Courses we&amp;#039;re enrolled in &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;THUMBNAIL&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; view also.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Faculty view in Moodle ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Editing sections====&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have a new blank course or once you enrolled as teacher for any course, you can start work on it by clicking the &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Turn editing on&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt; button on the top right side of your screen. Only faculty will have rights to edit the course contents, including adding resources and activities. This is not available for students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the &amp;#039;editing&amp;#039; option is turned &amp;#039;on&amp;#039;, each item on your course homepage and each section/block will display &amp;#039;edit&amp;#039; option, which will enable you to perform different functions such as edit/move/copy/delete/hide. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; In &amp;#039;&amp;#039;your theme the&amp;#039;&amp;#039; icons &amp;#039;&amp;#039;may be  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;different&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. However the functionality is the same for different themes of Moodle.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you click on edit - edit topics, it will take you to edit page (see the below screen shots).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - editing course content sections&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle - edit option 1.png|Click &amp;#039;edit sections&amp;#039; option to start editing section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle - edit option 2.png|Uncheck &amp;#039;Use default section name&amp;#039; for custom title name&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can embed your files, images or videos by dragging and dropping the file to the summary section. You can also adjust the size of the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Un-check &amp;quot;Use default section name&amp;quot; to give your custom heading for your section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start adding section summary under the summary box (you can copy paste from an existing text document also). Use the top &amp;#039;basic formatting&amp;#039; toolbar to format your text, you can &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;bold&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;italicise&amp;#039;&amp;#039; your text and perform basic text editing functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the restrict section, you can restrict the access to the page as in the screen shot below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - editing course content sections&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle - edit - restrictions 3.png|Set restrictions to access the section&lt;br /&gt;
File:moodle add or remove sections.png|To add or remove sections&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have completed your editing and added the text, images, videos in the section, you should click on &amp;quot;save changes&amp;quot; button to save your content under that section.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll to the bottom of the course main page and, below the last section, look for the small &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;+&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;-&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; icons (at right). Click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;plus&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;+&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;)/&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;minus(-)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to add and remove sections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Adding Resources ====&lt;br /&gt;
A resource is an item that a teacher can use to support learning, such as a file or web link. There are two ways you can add resources to the course page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Embedding the resource directly in the section =====&lt;br /&gt;
Web links can be provided directly in the section itself. You can give the link directly or &amp;#039;embed&amp;#039; the link to existing text (which will show as a hyper link). You can also embed images and videos directly on the section page, by providing the URL where the image or video file is stored (using the Insert -&amp;gt; Media option).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Editing the section&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle adding resources 1.png|Embedding the resource directly to the section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:To add hyperlink.png|Stages on how to link external link&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By selecting the words highlighted in the above screenshot &amp;amp; clicking the ‘LINK’ symbol, one more ‘pop – window’ will appear where you can paste the website link for quick access while reading a particular paragraph, for the students.&lt;br /&gt;
Above is the screenshot on how to add the “hyperlink” to particular section of “TEXT” by adding the Moodle LMS hyperlink&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Adding resource to the section =====&lt;br /&gt;
To add a resources like files, folder, URLs or to create a book, choose the section in your course homepage where you&amp;#039;d like it to appear and click on the &amp;quot;Add an activity or resource&amp;quot; available in that section and then select the type of resources you are going to add, from the drop down list. This can be any file you have, which you will upload to Moodle and provide as a resource in this section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you select any resource type from the list, click on &amp;#039;Add&amp;#039;. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the next dialogue box you have enter the required information. See the screen shot  below for details.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Adding resources into the sections&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle - adding file resources.png|Selecting a type of resources from the list&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Name : Type the name for your resources link, it will create a link which students will click on to view the file. It will be helpful to give it a name that suggests its purpose / contents. &lt;br /&gt;
* Description : Add a description of your file if required.&lt;br /&gt;
* Display description on the course page : If this box is ticked, the description will appear on the course page just below the name of the file. &lt;br /&gt;
* Select files : click on &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; and use the file picker to upload your file or drag and drop your file onto the arrow if you are using an appropriate browser. Here you can also create folder and add multiple resource files to a folder. You can use folders to categories files if you plan to provide many of them for the section. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Adding resources into the sections&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle adding resources 2.png|Upload files under the select file section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle upload your resource - files.png|Browse your local file location&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you browse the file then click on upload this file to upload to the page. Finally click on &amp;quot;save and display&amp;quot; to display your resources under the specified section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Adding Activities ====&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle supports a range of different activities that allow you to insert to any section. You can add interactive exercises for your students.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a activities like quiz, discussion forum, attendances, forms and surveys turn on your editing by clicking on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Turn editing on&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;. Choose the section in your course homepage where you&amp;#039;d like it to appear and click on the &amp;quot;Add an activity or resource&amp;quot; then select the type of activities you are going to add into section from the list (for example: Quiz).&lt;br /&gt;
===== Quiz =====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Adding activities&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle quiz activity_1.png|Select type of activity&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle configuring activity details.png|Configure your activity&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After select any activity which you are going to add it to the section (for example: quiz) then click on &amp;quot;add&amp;quot;. In the next dialog box will be a settings form for the activity like below. &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;General&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Name : Type the name for your activity link, it will create a link which students will click on to view the file. It will be helpful to give it a name that suggests its purpose / contents. &lt;br /&gt;
** Description : Add a description of your activity if required.&lt;br /&gt;
** Display description on the course page : If this box is ticked, the description will appear on the course page just below the name of the activity.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Timing&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Open the quiz and Close the quiz : Students can only start their attempt(s) after the open time and they must complete their attempts before the close time.&lt;br /&gt;
** Time limit : If enabled, the time limit is stated on the initial quiz page and a countdown timer is displayed in the quiz navigation block. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring activities&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle adding activity auiz - 3.png|Add basic information about the activities&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle adding activity quiz - 4.png|Setting up display and submitting time&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once the all the settings have been filled out as required and saved, the activity will appear at the bottom of the section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can move any activity around in the course with the move buttons while in &amp;#039;course edit&amp;#039; mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle supports a range of different activities that allow you to insert to any section. You can add interactive questions for the other students in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add questions by clicking on &amp;#039;Creating Question&amp;#039;, then select the type of question you are going to add into section from the list (for example: Multiple Question).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Creating Question&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Question bank 1.png|How to create a new Question&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Question bank 2.png|For the example we are framing ‘Multiple Choice Questions’ type.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Question bank 3.png|You can add the choices for the&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Question bank 4.png|Questions framed in the above screenshot.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Assignment =====&lt;br /&gt;
Assignment helps course creators to give assignments to course participants. The participants can submit assignments in the form of text by typing in text editor or by they can upload their digitally created content. Creators can download the submissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How to add an ‘Activity or resource’&lt;br /&gt;
By enabling the ‘Turn editing ON’ we can add ‘activity or resource’ in the units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - How to add an activity or resource&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Adding activity to attendance 1.png|By enabling the ‘Turn editing ON’ we can add ‘activity or resource’ in the units&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring Assignment&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Assignment_0.png|Select assignment module from activities list&lt;br /&gt;
File:Assignment_1.png|Participants can upload their files here&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Forum =====&lt;br /&gt;
Forum module helps course creators to allow participants discuss about course content, resources etc and share their collective knowledge. After a participant is enrolled for a course, he/she can take part in these forums.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring Forum&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Forum_0.png|Select Forum module from activities list&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Forum_1.png|Edit these menu options to suit course needs&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Also there is a control menu which enables users to participate in the forums with word count and attachment size. This will help maintain the course with optimum sized files. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Forum_2.png|center|thumb|500x500px|Choose attachment size for files to be uploaded ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Questionnaire =====&lt;br /&gt;
Questionnaire module will help course creators to give quizzes, data collection etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a questionnaire, click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add an activity/resource&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and select Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring Questionnaire&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Questionnaire_0.png|Select Questionnaire module from activities list&lt;br /&gt;
File:Questionnaire_1.png|Edit these menu options to suit course needs&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can control response actions and also activity completion which gives more control to the creator/moderators.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring Questionnaire&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Questionnaire_2.png|Helps to design responses better&lt;br /&gt;
File:Questionnaire_3.png|Deadlines also can be set from these menu&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After you finish configuring your questionnaire, click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;save and display&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to show the questionnaire or click on save and return to the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Tracking attendance =====&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Attendance&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; module is designed for &amp;#039;&amp;#039;teachers to be able take attendance&amp;#039;&amp;#039; during class, and for &amp;#039;&amp;#039;students to be able to view their own attendance record&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A teacher can mark the attendance status of a student as &amp;quot;Present&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Absent&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Late&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;Excused&amp;quot;. These status descriptions are configurable, and more can be added. The teacher adds Attendance as an activity of a course, and then sets up the sessions whose attendance is to be tracked. To create course attendance go to any section and click an &amp;quot;Add an activity or resource&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Adding Attendance for the course&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Adding attendance.png|Select attendance option from the list&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Adding attendance - 2 .png| Configuring group &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the general section, enter all the common details like name of the attendance and description about the attendance (if you have).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Discussion forum activity =====&lt;br /&gt;
The discussion forum activity allows students and teachers to exchange ideas by having discussions on any topic. Any teacher or student registered for the course can initiate a new topic, can post comments or respond to available discussions on any topic. The discussions for a topic are automatically shown as as part of a &amp;#039;thread&amp;#039; by Moodle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several forum types to choose from, such as a standard forum where anyone can start a new discussion at any time; a forum where each student can post exactly one discussion; or a question and answer forum where students must first post before being able to view other students&amp;#039; posts. A teacher can allow files to be attached to forum posts. Any images attached in the forum post are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Discussion forums have many uses, such as&lt;br /&gt;
* A social space for students to get to know each other&lt;br /&gt;
* For course announcements (using a news forum with forced subscription, where only faculty can post)&lt;br /&gt;
* For discussing course content or reading materials&lt;br /&gt;
* For continuing on-line an issue raised previously in a face-to-face session&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
To add discussion topic click on the add &amp;quot;an activity or resource&amp;quot; option and select forum option from the activities list.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle discussion topics 1.png|Enter the discussion topic and summary&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle discussion topics 2.png|Restricting attachment size and text length&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the &amp;quot;general&amp;quot; section type your discussion topic and under the &amp;quot;attachments and word count&amp;quot; you can limit the size of the attachment and word counts and number of attachments etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you complete the editing, click on &amp;quot;Save and display&amp;quot; to display third discussion thread under your selected section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students can start replying to a topic / discussion by simply clicking on the &amp;#039;reply&amp;#039; option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Advanced Activities ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Lesson &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2.Workshop &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Multi-lingual offering of courses ====&lt;br /&gt;
The multi-language content filter enables resources to be created in multiple languages. Moodle by default will be in English and for running any local languages, language packages need to install in your server (This will be done by your web admin).&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Moodle Multi-lingual.png|none|thumb|600x600px|Use the Moodle in multi-language model]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Login to your course and on the top right side of the screen you can select the language which you want see your course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Adding content in the course page =====&lt;br /&gt;
For adding other language content into any section, after you enable the editing option and select click on edit -&amp;gt; edit topic.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Moodle mult-lingual content .png|left|thumb|500x500px|Adding content in multiple language]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the section open with edit option, for adding Kannada  text in to the section just add &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;{mlang kn}&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (&amp;#039;kn&amp;#039; means Kannada, replace this with your language) before your text began and at the end of your text just add &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;{mlang}&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. follow the same steps for any other language which is already installed in your Moodle server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====How to add a new course====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a faculty wants to add/create a ‘New course’ to the Moodle page below are the steps.&lt;br /&gt;
    1. Teacher’s Dashboard ►Site administration ►Courses ►Manage courses &amp;amp; categories►Create a new course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - How to add a new course&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:How to add a new course in Moodle.png|Steps on how to add a new course&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Student view in Moodle ===&lt;br /&gt;
This page will help you to navigate around your course as student. Once the faculty enrols you to a course, you can browse all the course content from the Moodle site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Student/User information ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;350px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Student login page&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:1. Edit profile - moodle.png|Home page of student account&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Most courses will allow the student to see profile of the login user from the top right side. This block will allow the student to see information about themselves in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Course navigation ====&lt;br /&gt;
In the main page, you can see the two columns: Navigation, Course contents with course sections and news, and upcoming events. You need to click on each tab to see more information.[[File:2. Course lists.png|thumb|See the list of course you are registered|none]] Once you click on the course, The course will open and from the left side course navigation option, directly you can go to any section in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://youtu.be/TPRHv0-_Ebg Click here] to see the tutorial on how access course content from Moodle mobile app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Participating in activities ====&lt;br /&gt;
Under every section of the course, faculty will give some activities to be completed by students. Activities may be quizzes, assignments, checklists and also discussion topics. Click on the activity to participate in it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Participating in assignments activity =====&lt;br /&gt;
If the activity is assignments, you have click on the title of the activity to read the full assignment and click on &amp;quot;add submission&amp;quot; it will open &amp;quot;online text section&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;file submission&amp;quot; sections, under online text section directly you can give text input of your assignment. In file submission section you can upload any files like images, text files, audio’s etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;450px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle – Uploading the assignment&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Gif to upload Assignment in Moodle.gif|This is how you can upload assignment through &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Moodle App&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Participating in discussion forum =====&lt;br /&gt;
Under the first general section you have to click on the  &amp;quot;General discussion forum for faculty and students&amp;quot; link to see all the discussion topics. To reply to any topic, click on the topic and type your reply by clicking on the reply link under others replies. Under every reply text input box, also it will allow you to upload your files if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Participate in the discussion topics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:3. Course assignments Moodle .png|&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Participating in assignment activity.png|&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to responding to the existing topic, you can create new discussion topic by clicking on &amp;quot;Add a new discussion topic&amp;quot;. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Also, [https://youtu.be/rRaNAdpPJFY click here] to see the video tutorial on how to participate in discussion forum in mobile app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Participating in assignments activity&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:3. Course assignments Moodle 2 .png| Participate in assignment activity&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Assignment submission.png |Online text input section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Assignment submission 2.png | File submission section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In this course you can upload up to sizes 500KB file as assignment, If you want to upload files which is more than 500KB, you can [[Learn Google Drive|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;use google drive&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]] to upload your file and give the link here under online text input section. Once you finish your inputs click on &amp;quot;Save changes&amp;quot; to submit your assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note : - If you want submit any of the video you have created, use [[Learn Youtube|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;YouTube&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]] to upload it and give the video link under online text input section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://youtu.be/MBfFEuWCX20 &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Click here&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;] to see video about assignment submission on Moodle mobile app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Accessing the resources ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The students can access the resources which are posted by the teacher &amp;amp;  given permission for downloading to the students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle – Accessing the resource&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Student accessing the resource 1.png|In the above screenshot we are trying to download a file which is uploaded by the teacher for the student.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Student accessing the resource 2.png|Here in the above screenshot, we can download a whole folder which is uploaded &amp;amp; given access to download for the students.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Advanced features ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Tracking activities of students&lt;br /&gt;
# Tracking assessments and grading assessments&lt;br /&gt;
# Quizzes for ongoing assessment&lt;br /&gt;
# Event tracking using calendar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reference ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://moodle.org/ Moodle]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://docs.moodle.org/34/en/Main_page Moodle handout]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bharath</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Moodle&amp;diff=10633</id>
		<title>Learn Moodle</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Moodle&amp;diff=10633"/>
		<updated>2020-06-29T16:38:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bharath: /* How to add a new course */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/ಮೂಡಲ್‌_ಕಲಿಯಿರಿ ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Basic information ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT Competency&lt;br /&gt;
|Moodle is a learning management system (LMS) designed to provide educators, administrators and learners with a robust, secure and integrated system to create personalised and collaborative learning environments.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Educational application and relevance&lt;br /&gt;
|Moodle provides and on-line platform for collaborative learning. It empowers teachers to set-up courses, provide learning resources and activities for the course and assess learners. Teachers and learners can share ideas and experiences using the on-line discussion forums in Moodle. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Version&lt;br /&gt;
|Currently using 3.4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Other similar applications&lt;br /&gt;
|TalentLMS &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|The application on mobiles and tablets&lt;br /&gt;
|It is a web based application, and can be accessed through a browser on any device supporting browsing.&lt;br /&gt;
There is also an app which can be installed on mobiles. The Moodle app is available in Google Play Store. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Development and community help&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://docs.moodle.org/dev/Main_Page Moodle]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Install Moodle app on your phone ====&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle is a free application and it is available for smart phone, download Moodle from [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.moodle.moodlemobile&amp;amp;hl=en_IN google play store].&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* After downloading the &amp;quot;Application&amp;quot; just you need to follow the steps &amp;amp; install the Moodle App in your smartphone.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* When the installation is complete login to the &amp;quot;App&amp;quot; through the &amp;quot;Moodle ID&amp;quot; &amp;amp; &amp;quot;Password&amp;quot; provided.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Working with Moodle ===&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle is a free and open Learning Management System (LMS). You can configure any number of courses on Moodle. You can categorise courses as required. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;350px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Dashboard options&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle home page.png|Options available in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we  can see in the above screenshot, Moodle displays &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Calendar of events&lt;br /&gt;
*Latest announcements&lt;br /&gt;
*How many online users have accessed Moodle platform&lt;br /&gt;
*If we expand the navigation, we can have a look at the courses we&amp;#039;re enrolled to.&lt;br /&gt;
*Trending random glossary entry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A course is a space on a Moodle site where teachers can add content (learning materials) and activities (pedagogy) for their students. A teacher may be a faculty for more than one course, a course may include more than one teacher and more than one group of learners.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Both teachers and students have to be &amp;#039;registered&amp;#039; for a course (as &amp;#039;teacher&amp;#039; or as &amp;#039;student&amp;#039;), this role configuration is done by the Moodle administrator. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== How to reset your Moodle ID password ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you forget your Moodle ID or Password, it can be reset by following the below steps as shown in screenshots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Resetting your forgotten Moodle ID or Password&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Mobile App Forgot password Demo.jpeg|Resetting from Moodle App in smartphone&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Web browser forgot password.png|Click here if you have to reset your forgotten ID or password&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Webbrowser forgot password 1.png|Provide username or mail ID to reset&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Logging into Moodle course page ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can login to Moodle, through a phone Moodle app or through any web browser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Logging in from Web browser=====&lt;br /&gt;
Click on your Moodle course link and click on the login to view or to edit the course. Click on https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/lms/ to view a Moodle courses managed by Centre for Education and Technology, IT for Change.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Login to the course&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:1. Moodle login page.png|Moodle login screen&lt;br /&gt;
File:2. moodle - After login.png|Course home page&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you login, you can see the list of enrolled courses and you will see your login name on the top right corner of the screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Logging in from Moodle app=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;450px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Login to the course&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Mobile App.jpeg|Moodle App login screen&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;450px&amp;amp;quot;&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Accessing the Moodle App&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Settings 1.png|Steps to access the course &amp;amp; download&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After logging in to Moodle App, we can find the home screen as shown in screenshot 1, to access the courses we&amp;#039;re enrolled to click on the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; NAVIGATION &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button. The list if the courses enrolled will be displayed as shown in Screenshot 2, if we want to download courses to our storage. We can even download the courses from Moodle to phone storage by clicking the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Settings/Options &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; on top of the Smartphone screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;450px&amp;amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Settings 2.png|Steps to access the course in Browser&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Above screenshot shows on steps to access to BigBlueButton through Moodle App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Moodle Home page ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Homepage 1.png|Pic 1 : Moodle LMS login page&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Homepage 2.png|Pic 2 : Username &amp;amp; Password&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Homepage 3.png|Pic 3 : User dashboard&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Homepage 4.png|Pic 4 : Courses enrolled to in thumbnail view&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Pic 1 :Homepage of https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/lms&lt;br /&gt;
* Pic 2 :Here we have to provide the Username/Moodle ID &amp;amp; Password&lt;br /&gt;
* Pic 3 :After the successful log IN to the account, on the left side of the screen we can find a &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;DASHBOARD&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Pic 4 :We can see the Courses we&amp;#039;re enrolled in &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;THUMBNAIL&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; view also.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Faculty view in Moodle ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Editing sections====&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have a new blank course or once you enrolled as teacher for any course, you can start work on it by clicking the &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Turn editing on&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt; button on the top right side of your screen. Only faculty will have rights to edit the course contents, including adding resources and activities. This is not available for students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the &amp;#039;editing&amp;#039; option is turned &amp;#039;on&amp;#039;, each item on your course homepage and each section/block will display &amp;#039;edit&amp;#039; option, which will enable you to perform different functions such as edit/move/copy/delete/hide. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; In &amp;#039;&amp;#039;your theme the&amp;#039;&amp;#039; icons &amp;#039;&amp;#039;may be  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;different&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. However the functionality is the same for different themes of Moodle.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you click on edit - edit topics, it will take you to edit page (see the below screen shots).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - editing course content sections&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle - edit option 1.png|Click &amp;#039;edit sections&amp;#039; option to start editing section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle - edit option 2.png|Uncheck &amp;#039;Use default section name&amp;#039; for custom title name&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can embed your files, images or videos by dragging and dropping the file to the summary section. You can also adjust the size of the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Un-check &amp;quot;Use default section name&amp;quot; to give your custom heading for your section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start adding section summary under the summary box (you can copy paste from an existing text document also). Use the top &amp;#039;basic formatting&amp;#039; toolbar to format your text, you can &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;bold&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;italicise&amp;#039;&amp;#039; your text and perform basic text editing functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the restrict section, you can restrict the access to the page as in the screen shot below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - editing course content sections&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle - edit - restrictions 3.png|Set restrictions to access the section&lt;br /&gt;
File:moodle add or remove sections.png|To add or remove sections&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have completed your editing and added the text, images, videos in the section, you should click on &amp;quot;save changes&amp;quot; button to save your content under that section.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll to the bottom of the course main page and, below the last section, look for the small &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;+&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;-&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; icons (at right). Click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;plus&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;+&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;)/&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;minus(-)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to add and remove sections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Adding Resources ====&lt;br /&gt;
A resource is an item that a teacher can use to support learning, such as a file or web link. There are two ways you can add resources to the course page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Embedding the resource directly in the section =====&lt;br /&gt;
Web links can be provided directly in the section itself. You can give the link directly or &amp;#039;embed&amp;#039; the link to existing text (which will show as a hyper link). You can also embed images and videos directly on the section page, by providing the URL where the image or video file is stored (using the Insert -&amp;gt; Media option).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Editing the section&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle adding resources 1.png|Embedding the resource directly to the section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:To add hyperlink.png|Stages on how to link external link&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By selecting the words highlighted in the above screenshot &amp;amp; clicking the ‘LINK’ symbol, one more ‘pop – window’ will appear where you can paste the website link for quick access while reading a particular paragraph, for the students.&lt;br /&gt;
Above is the screenshot on how to add the “hyperlink” to particular section of “TEXT” by adding the Moodle LMS hyperlink&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Adding resource to the section =====&lt;br /&gt;
To add a resources like files, folder, URLs or to create a book, choose the section in your course homepage where you&amp;#039;d like it to appear and click on the &amp;quot;Add an activity or resource&amp;quot; available in that section and then select the type of resources you are going to add, from the drop down list. This can be any file you have, which you will upload to Moodle and provide as a resource in this section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you select any resource type from the list, click on &amp;#039;Add&amp;#039;. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the next dialogue box you have enter the required information. See the screen shot  below for details.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Adding resources into the sections&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle - adding file resources.png|Selecting a type of resources from the list&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Name : Type the name for your resources link, it will create a link which students will click on to view the file. It will be helpful to give it a name that suggests its purpose / contents. &lt;br /&gt;
* Description : Add a description of your file if required.&lt;br /&gt;
* Display description on the course page : If this box is ticked, the description will appear on the course page just below the name of the file. &lt;br /&gt;
* Select files : click on &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; and use the file picker to upload your file or drag and drop your file onto the arrow if you are using an appropriate browser. Here you can also create folder and add multiple resource files to a folder. You can use folders to categories files if you plan to provide many of them for the section. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Adding resources into the sections&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle adding resources 2.png|Upload files under the select file section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle upload your resource - files.png|Browse your local file location&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you browse the file then click on upload this file to upload to the page. Finally click on &amp;quot;save and display&amp;quot; to display your resources under the specified section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Adding Activities ====&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle supports a range of different activities that allow you to insert to any section. You can add interactive exercises for your students.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a activities like quiz, discussion forum, attendances, forms and surveys turn on your editing by clicking on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Turn editing on&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;. Choose the section in your course homepage where you&amp;#039;d like it to appear and click on the &amp;quot;Add an activity or resource&amp;quot; then select the type of activities you are going to add into section from the list (for example: Quiz).&lt;br /&gt;
===== Quiz =====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Adding activities&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle quiz activity_1.png|Select type of activity&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle configuring activity details.png|Configure your activity&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After select any activity which you are going to add it to the section (for example: quiz) then click on &amp;quot;add&amp;quot;. In the next dialog box will be a settings form for the activity like below. &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;General&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Name : Type the name for your activity link, it will create a link which students will click on to view the file. It will be helpful to give it a name that suggests its purpose / contents. &lt;br /&gt;
** Description : Add a description of your activity if required.&lt;br /&gt;
** Display description on the course page : If this box is ticked, the description will appear on the course page just below the name of the activity.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Timing&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Open the quiz and Close the quiz : Students can only start their attempt(s) after the open time and they must complete their attempts before the close time.&lt;br /&gt;
** Time limit : If enabled, the time limit is stated on the initial quiz page and a countdown timer is displayed in the quiz navigation block. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring activities&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle adding activity auiz - 3.png|Add basic information about the activities&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle adding activity quiz - 4.png|Setting up display and submitting time&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once the all the settings have been filled out as required and saved, the activity will appear at the bottom of the section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can move any activity around in the course with the move buttons while in &amp;#039;course edit&amp;#039; mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle supports a range of different activities that allow you to insert to any section. You can add interactive questions for the other students in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add questions by clicking on &amp;#039;Creating Question&amp;#039;, then select the type of question you are going to add into section from the list (for example: Multiple Question).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Creating Question&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Question bank 1.png|How to create a new Question&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Question bank 2.png|For the example we are framing ‘Multiple Choice Questions’ type.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Question bank 3.png|You can add the choices for the&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Question bank 4.png|Questions framed in the above screenshot.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Assignment =====&lt;br /&gt;
Assignment helps course creators to give assignments to course participants. The participants can submit assignments in the form of text by typing in text editor or by they can upload their digitally created content. Creators can download the submissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How to add an ‘Activity or resource’&lt;br /&gt;
By enabling the ‘Turn editing ON’ we can add ‘activity or resource’ in the units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - How to add an activity or resource&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Adding activity to attendance 1.png|By enabling the ‘Turn editing ON’ we can add ‘activity or resource’ in the units&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring Assignment&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Assignment_0.png|Select assignment module from activities list&lt;br /&gt;
File:Assignment_1.png|Participants can upload their files here&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Forum =====&lt;br /&gt;
Forum module helps course creators to allow participants discuss about course content, resources etc and share their collective knowledge. After a participant is enrolled for a course, he/she can take part in these forums.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring Forum&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Forum_0.png|Select Forum module from activities list&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Forum_1.png|Edit these menu options to suit course needs&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Also there is a control menu which enables users to participate in the forums with word count and attachment size. This will help maintain the course with optimum sized files. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Forum_2.png|center|thumb|500x500px|Choose attachment size for files to be uploaded ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Questionnaire =====&lt;br /&gt;
Questionnaire module will help course creators to give quizzes, data collection etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a questionnaire, click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add an activity/resource&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and select Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring Questionnaire&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Questionnaire_0.png|Select Questionnaire module from activities list&lt;br /&gt;
File:Questionnaire_1.png|Edit these menu options to suit course needs&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can control response actions and also activity completion which gives more control to the creator/moderators.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring Questionnaire&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Questionnaire_2.png|Helps to design responses better&lt;br /&gt;
File:Questionnaire_3.png|Deadlines also can be set from these menu&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After you finish configuring your questionnaire, click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;save and display&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to show the questionnaire or click on save and return to the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Tracking attendance =====&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Attendance&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; module is designed for &amp;#039;&amp;#039;teachers to be able take attendance&amp;#039;&amp;#039; during class, and for &amp;#039;&amp;#039;students to be able to view their own attendance record&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A teacher can mark the attendance status of a student as &amp;quot;Present&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Absent&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Late&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;Excused&amp;quot;. These status descriptions are configurable, and more can be added. The teacher adds Attendance as an activity of a course, and then sets up the sessions whose attendance is to be tracked. To create course attendance go to any section and click an &amp;quot;Add an activity or resource&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Adding Attendance for the course&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Adding attendance.png|Select attendance option from the list&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Adding attendance - 2 .png| Configuring group &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the general section, enter all the common details like name of the attendance and description about the attendance (if you have).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Discussion forum activity =====&lt;br /&gt;
The discussion forum activity allows students and teachers to exchange ideas by having discussions on any topic. Any teacher or student registered for the course can initiate a new topic, can post comments or respond to available discussions on any topic. The discussions for a topic are automatically shown as as part of a &amp;#039;thread&amp;#039; by Moodle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several forum types to choose from, such as a standard forum where anyone can start a new discussion at any time; a forum where each student can post exactly one discussion; or a question and answer forum where students must first post before being able to view other students&amp;#039; posts. A teacher can allow files to be attached to forum posts. Any images attached in the forum post are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Discussion forums have many uses, such as&lt;br /&gt;
* A social space for students to get to know each other&lt;br /&gt;
* For course announcements (using a news forum with forced subscription, where only faculty can post)&lt;br /&gt;
* For discussing course content or reading materials&lt;br /&gt;
* For continuing on-line an issue raised previously in a face-to-face session&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
To add discussion topic click on the add &amp;quot;an activity or resource&amp;quot; option and select forum option from the activities list.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle discussion topics 1.png|Enter the discussion topic and summary&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle discussion topics 2.png|Restricting attachment size and text length&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the &amp;quot;general&amp;quot; section type your discussion topic and under the &amp;quot;attachments and word count&amp;quot; you can limit the size of the attachment and word counts and number of attachments etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you complete the editing, click on &amp;quot;Save and display&amp;quot; to display third discussion thread under your selected section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students can start replying to a topic / discussion by simply clicking on the &amp;#039;reply&amp;#039; option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Advanced Activities ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Lesson &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2.Workshop &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Multi-lingual offering of courses ====&lt;br /&gt;
The multi-language content filter enables resources to be created in multiple languages. Moodle by default will be in English and for running any local languages, language packages need to install in your server (This will be done by your web admin).&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Moodle Multi-lingual.png|none|thumb|600x600px|Use the Moodle in multi-language model]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Login to your course and on the top right side of the screen you can select the language which you want see your course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Adding content in the course page =====&lt;br /&gt;
For adding other language content into any section, after you enable the editing option and select click on edit -&amp;gt; edit topic.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Moodle mult-lingual content .png|left|thumb|500x500px|Adding content in multiple language]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the section open with edit option, for adding Kannada  text in to the section just add &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;{mlang kn}&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (&amp;#039;kn&amp;#039; means Kannada, replace this with your language) before your text began and at the end of your text just add &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;{mlang}&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. follow the same steps for any other language which is already installed in your Moodle server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====How to add a new course====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a faculty wants to add/create a ‘New course’ to the Moodle page below are the steps.&lt;br /&gt;
    1. Teacher’s Dashboard ►Site administration ►Courses ►Manage courses &amp;amp; categories►Create a new course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - How to add a new course&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:How to add a new course in Moodle.png|Steps on how to add a new course&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Student view in Moodle ===&lt;br /&gt;
This page will help you to navigate around your course as student. Once the faculty enrols you to a course, you can browse all the course content from the Moodle site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Student/User information ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Student login page&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:1. Edit profile - moodle.png|Home page of student account&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Most courses will allow the student to see profile of the login user from the top right side. This block will allow the student to see information about themselves in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Course navigation ====&lt;br /&gt;
In the main page, you can see the two columns: Navigation, Course contents with course sections and news, and upcoming events. You need to click on each tab to see more information.[[File:2. Course lists.png|thumb|See the list of course you are registered|none]] Once you click on the course, The course will open and from the left side course navigation option, directly you can go to any section in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://youtu.be/TPRHv0-_Ebg Click here] to see the tutorial on how access course content from Moodle mobile app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Participating in activities ====&lt;br /&gt;
Under every section of the course, faculty will give some activities to be completed by students. Activities may be quizzes, assignments, checklists and also discussion topics. Click on the activity to participate in it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Participating in assignments activity =====&lt;br /&gt;
If the activity is assignments, you have click on the title of the activity to read the full assignment and click on &amp;quot;add submission&amp;quot; it will open &amp;quot;online text section&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;file submission&amp;quot; sections, under online text section directly you can give text input of your assignment. In file submission section you can upload any files like images, text files, audio’s etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;450px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle – Uploading the assignment&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Gif to upload Assignment in Moodle.gif|This is how you can upload assignment through &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Moodle App&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Participating in discussion forum =====&lt;br /&gt;
Under the first general section you have to click on the  &amp;quot;General discussion forum for faculty and students&amp;quot; link to see all the discussion topics. To reply to any topic, click on the topic and type your reply by clicking on the reply link under others replies. Under every reply text input box, also it will allow you to upload your files if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Participate in the discussion topics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:3. Course assignments Moodle .png|&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Participating in assignment activity.png|&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to responding to the existing topic, you can create new discussion topic by clicking on &amp;quot;Add a new discussion topic&amp;quot;. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Also, [https://youtu.be/rRaNAdpPJFY click here] to see the video tutorial on how to participate in discussion forum in mobile app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Participating in assignments activity&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:3. Course assignments Moodle 2 .png| Participate in assignment activity&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Assignment submission.png |Online text input section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Assignment submission 2.png | File submission section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In this course you can upload up to sizes 500KB file as assignment, If you want to upload files which is more than 500KB, you can [[Learn Google Drive|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;use google drive&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]] to upload your file and give the link here under online text input section. Once you finish your inputs click on &amp;quot;Save changes&amp;quot; to submit your assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note : - If you want submit any of the video you have created, use [[Learn Youtube|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;YouTube&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]] to upload it and give the video link under online text input section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://youtu.be/MBfFEuWCX20 &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Click here&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;] to see video about assignment submission on Moodle mobile app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Accessing the resources ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The students can access the resources which are posted by the teacher &amp;amp;  given permission for downloading to the students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle – Accessing the resource&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Student accessing the resource 1.png|In the above screenshot we are trying to download a file which is uploaded by the teacher for the student.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Student accessing the resource 2.png|Here in the above screenshot, we can download a whole folder which is uploaded &amp;amp; given access to download for the students.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Advanced features ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Tracking activities of students&lt;br /&gt;
# Tracking assessments and grading assessments&lt;br /&gt;
# Quizzes for ongoing assessment&lt;br /&gt;
# Event tracking using calendar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reference ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://moodle.org/ Moodle]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://docs.moodle.org/34/en/Main_page Moodle handout]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bharath</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Moodle&amp;diff=10632</id>
		<title>Learn Moodle</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Moodle&amp;diff=10632"/>
		<updated>2020-06-29T16:38:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bharath: /* How to add a new course */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/ಮೂಡಲ್‌_ಕಲಿಯಿರಿ ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Basic information ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT Competency&lt;br /&gt;
|Moodle is a learning management system (LMS) designed to provide educators, administrators and learners with a robust, secure and integrated system to create personalised and collaborative learning environments.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Educational application and relevance&lt;br /&gt;
|Moodle provides and on-line platform for collaborative learning. It empowers teachers to set-up courses, provide learning resources and activities for the course and assess learners. Teachers and learners can share ideas and experiences using the on-line discussion forums in Moodle. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Version&lt;br /&gt;
|Currently using 3.4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Other similar applications&lt;br /&gt;
|TalentLMS &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|The application on mobiles and tablets&lt;br /&gt;
|It is a web based application, and can be accessed through a browser on any device supporting browsing.&lt;br /&gt;
There is also an app which can be installed on mobiles. The Moodle app is available in Google Play Store. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Development and community help&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://docs.moodle.org/dev/Main_Page Moodle]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Install Moodle app on your phone ====&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle is a free application and it is available for smart phone, download Moodle from [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.moodle.moodlemobile&amp;amp;hl=en_IN google play store].&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* After downloading the &amp;quot;Application&amp;quot; just you need to follow the steps &amp;amp; install the Moodle App in your smartphone.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* When the installation is complete login to the &amp;quot;App&amp;quot; through the &amp;quot;Moodle ID&amp;quot; &amp;amp; &amp;quot;Password&amp;quot; provided.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Working with Moodle ===&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle is a free and open Learning Management System (LMS). You can configure any number of courses on Moodle. You can categorise courses as required. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;350px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Dashboard options&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle home page.png|Options available in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we  can see in the above screenshot, Moodle displays &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Calendar of events&lt;br /&gt;
*Latest announcements&lt;br /&gt;
*How many online users have accessed Moodle platform&lt;br /&gt;
*If we expand the navigation, we can have a look at the courses we&amp;#039;re enrolled to.&lt;br /&gt;
*Trending random glossary entry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A course is a space on a Moodle site where teachers can add content (learning materials) and activities (pedagogy) for their students. A teacher may be a faculty for more than one course, a course may include more than one teacher and more than one group of learners.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Both teachers and students have to be &amp;#039;registered&amp;#039; for a course (as &amp;#039;teacher&amp;#039; or as &amp;#039;student&amp;#039;), this role configuration is done by the Moodle administrator. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== How to reset your Moodle ID password ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you forget your Moodle ID or Password, it can be reset by following the below steps as shown in screenshots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Resetting your forgotten Moodle ID or Password&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Mobile App Forgot password Demo.jpeg|Resetting from Moodle App in smartphone&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Web browser forgot password.png|Click here if you have to reset your forgotten ID or password&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Webbrowser forgot password 1.png|Provide username or mail ID to reset&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Logging into Moodle course page ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can login to Moodle, through a phone Moodle app or through any web browser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Logging in from Web browser=====&lt;br /&gt;
Click on your Moodle course link and click on the login to view or to edit the course. Click on https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/lms/ to view a Moodle courses managed by Centre for Education and Technology, IT for Change.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Login to the course&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:1. Moodle login page.png|Moodle login screen&lt;br /&gt;
File:2. moodle - After login.png|Course home page&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you login, you can see the list of enrolled courses and you will see your login name on the top right corner of the screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Logging in from Moodle app=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;450px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Login to the course&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Mobile App.jpeg|Moodle App login screen&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;450px&amp;amp;quot;&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Accessing the Moodle App&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Settings 1.png|Steps to access the course &amp;amp; download&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After logging in to Moodle App, we can find the home screen as shown in screenshot 1, to access the courses we&amp;#039;re enrolled to click on the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; NAVIGATION &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button. The list if the courses enrolled will be displayed as shown in Screenshot 2, if we want to download courses to our storage. We can even download the courses from Moodle to phone storage by clicking the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Settings/Options &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; on top of the Smartphone screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;450px&amp;amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Settings 2.png|Steps to access the course in Browser&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Above screenshot shows on steps to access to BigBlueButton through Moodle App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Moodle Home page ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Homepage 1.png|Pic 1 : Moodle LMS login page&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Homepage 2.png|Pic 2 : Username &amp;amp; Password&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Homepage 3.png|Pic 3 : User dashboard&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Homepage 4.png|Pic 4 : Courses enrolled to in thumbnail view&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Pic 1 :Homepage of https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/lms&lt;br /&gt;
* Pic 2 :Here we have to provide the Username/Moodle ID &amp;amp; Password&lt;br /&gt;
* Pic 3 :After the successful log IN to the account, on the left side of the screen we can find a &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;DASHBOARD&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Pic 4 :We can see the Courses we&amp;#039;re enrolled in &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;THUMBNAIL&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; view also.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Faculty view in Moodle ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Editing sections====&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have a new blank course or once you enrolled as teacher for any course, you can start work on it by clicking the &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Turn editing on&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt; button on the top right side of your screen. Only faculty will have rights to edit the course contents, including adding resources and activities. This is not available for students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the &amp;#039;editing&amp;#039; option is turned &amp;#039;on&amp;#039;, each item on your course homepage and each section/block will display &amp;#039;edit&amp;#039; option, which will enable you to perform different functions such as edit/move/copy/delete/hide. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; In &amp;#039;&amp;#039;your theme the&amp;#039;&amp;#039; icons &amp;#039;&amp;#039;may be  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;different&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. However the functionality is the same for different themes of Moodle.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you click on edit - edit topics, it will take you to edit page (see the below screen shots).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - editing course content sections&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle - edit option 1.png|Click &amp;#039;edit sections&amp;#039; option to start editing section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle - edit option 2.png|Uncheck &amp;#039;Use default section name&amp;#039; for custom title name&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can embed your files, images or videos by dragging and dropping the file to the summary section. You can also adjust the size of the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Un-check &amp;quot;Use default section name&amp;quot; to give your custom heading for your section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start adding section summary under the summary box (you can copy paste from an existing text document also). Use the top &amp;#039;basic formatting&amp;#039; toolbar to format your text, you can &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;bold&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;italicise&amp;#039;&amp;#039; your text and perform basic text editing functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the restrict section, you can restrict the access to the page as in the screen shot below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - editing course content sections&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle - edit - restrictions 3.png|Set restrictions to access the section&lt;br /&gt;
File:moodle add or remove sections.png|To add or remove sections&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have completed your editing and added the text, images, videos in the section, you should click on &amp;quot;save changes&amp;quot; button to save your content under that section.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll to the bottom of the course main page and, below the last section, look for the small &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;+&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;-&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; icons (at right). Click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;plus&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;+&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;)/&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;minus(-)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to add and remove sections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Adding Resources ====&lt;br /&gt;
A resource is an item that a teacher can use to support learning, such as a file or web link. There are two ways you can add resources to the course page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Embedding the resource directly in the section =====&lt;br /&gt;
Web links can be provided directly in the section itself. You can give the link directly or &amp;#039;embed&amp;#039; the link to existing text (which will show as a hyper link). You can also embed images and videos directly on the section page, by providing the URL where the image or video file is stored (using the Insert -&amp;gt; Media option).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Editing the section&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle adding resources 1.png|Embedding the resource directly to the section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:To add hyperlink.png|Stages on how to link external link&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By selecting the words highlighted in the above screenshot &amp;amp; clicking the ‘LINK’ symbol, one more ‘pop – window’ will appear where you can paste the website link for quick access while reading a particular paragraph, for the students.&lt;br /&gt;
Above is the screenshot on how to add the “hyperlink” to particular section of “TEXT” by adding the Moodle LMS hyperlink&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Adding resource to the section =====&lt;br /&gt;
To add a resources like files, folder, URLs or to create a book, choose the section in your course homepage where you&amp;#039;d like it to appear and click on the &amp;quot;Add an activity or resource&amp;quot; available in that section and then select the type of resources you are going to add, from the drop down list. This can be any file you have, which you will upload to Moodle and provide as a resource in this section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you select any resource type from the list, click on &amp;#039;Add&amp;#039;. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the next dialogue box you have enter the required information. See the screen shot  below for details.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Adding resources into the sections&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle - adding file resources.png|Selecting a type of resources from the list&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Name : Type the name for your resources link, it will create a link which students will click on to view the file. It will be helpful to give it a name that suggests its purpose / contents. &lt;br /&gt;
* Description : Add a description of your file if required.&lt;br /&gt;
* Display description on the course page : If this box is ticked, the description will appear on the course page just below the name of the file. &lt;br /&gt;
* Select files : click on &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; and use the file picker to upload your file or drag and drop your file onto the arrow if you are using an appropriate browser. Here you can also create folder and add multiple resource files to a folder. You can use folders to categories files if you plan to provide many of them for the section. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Adding resources into the sections&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle adding resources 2.png|Upload files under the select file section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle upload your resource - files.png|Browse your local file location&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you browse the file then click on upload this file to upload to the page. Finally click on &amp;quot;save and display&amp;quot; to display your resources under the specified section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Adding Activities ====&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle supports a range of different activities that allow you to insert to any section. You can add interactive exercises for your students.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a activities like quiz, discussion forum, attendances, forms and surveys turn on your editing by clicking on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Turn editing on&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;. Choose the section in your course homepage where you&amp;#039;d like it to appear and click on the &amp;quot;Add an activity or resource&amp;quot; then select the type of activities you are going to add into section from the list (for example: Quiz).&lt;br /&gt;
===== Quiz =====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Adding activities&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle quiz activity_1.png|Select type of activity&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle configuring activity details.png|Configure your activity&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After select any activity which you are going to add it to the section (for example: quiz) then click on &amp;quot;add&amp;quot;. In the next dialog box will be a settings form for the activity like below. &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;General&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Name : Type the name for your activity link, it will create a link which students will click on to view the file. It will be helpful to give it a name that suggests its purpose / contents. &lt;br /&gt;
** Description : Add a description of your activity if required.&lt;br /&gt;
** Display description on the course page : If this box is ticked, the description will appear on the course page just below the name of the activity.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Timing&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Open the quiz and Close the quiz : Students can only start their attempt(s) after the open time and they must complete their attempts before the close time.&lt;br /&gt;
** Time limit : If enabled, the time limit is stated on the initial quiz page and a countdown timer is displayed in the quiz navigation block. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring activities&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle adding activity auiz - 3.png|Add basic information about the activities&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle adding activity quiz - 4.png|Setting up display and submitting time&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once the all the settings have been filled out as required and saved, the activity will appear at the bottom of the section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can move any activity around in the course with the move buttons while in &amp;#039;course edit&amp;#039; mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle supports a range of different activities that allow you to insert to any section. You can add interactive questions for the other students in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add questions by clicking on &amp;#039;Creating Question&amp;#039;, then select the type of question you are going to add into section from the list (for example: Multiple Question).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Creating Question&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Question bank 1.png|How to create a new Question&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Question bank 2.png|For the example we are framing ‘Multiple Choice Questions’ type.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Question bank 3.png|You can add the choices for the&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Question bank 4.png|Questions framed in the above screenshot.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Assignment =====&lt;br /&gt;
Assignment helps course creators to give assignments to course participants. The participants can submit assignments in the form of text by typing in text editor or by they can upload their digitally created content. Creators can download the submissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How to add an ‘Activity or resource’&lt;br /&gt;
By enabling the ‘Turn editing ON’ we can add ‘activity or resource’ in the units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - How to add an activity or resource&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Adding activity to attendance 1.png|By enabling the ‘Turn editing ON’ we can add ‘activity or resource’ in the units&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring Assignment&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Assignment_0.png|Select assignment module from activities list&lt;br /&gt;
File:Assignment_1.png|Participants can upload their files here&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Forum =====&lt;br /&gt;
Forum module helps course creators to allow participants discuss about course content, resources etc and share their collective knowledge. After a participant is enrolled for a course, he/she can take part in these forums.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring Forum&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Forum_0.png|Select Forum module from activities list&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Forum_1.png|Edit these menu options to suit course needs&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Also there is a control menu which enables users to participate in the forums with word count and attachment size. This will help maintain the course with optimum sized files. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Forum_2.png|center|thumb|500x500px|Choose attachment size for files to be uploaded ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Questionnaire =====&lt;br /&gt;
Questionnaire module will help course creators to give quizzes, data collection etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a questionnaire, click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add an activity/resource&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and select Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring Questionnaire&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Questionnaire_0.png|Select Questionnaire module from activities list&lt;br /&gt;
File:Questionnaire_1.png|Edit these menu options to suit course needs&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can control response actions and also activity completion which gives more control to the creator/moderators.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring Questionnaire&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Questionnaire_2.png|Helps to design responses better&lt;br /&gt;
File:Questionnaire_3.png|Deadlines also can be set from these menu&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After you finish configuring your questionnaire, click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;save and display&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to show the questionnaire or click on save and return to the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Tracking attendance =====&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Attendance&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; module is designed for &amp;#039;&amp;#039;teachers to be able take attendance&amp;#039;&amp;#039; during class, and for &amp;#039;&amp;#039;students to be able to view their own attendance record&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A teacher can mark the attendance status of a student as &amp;quot;Present&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Absent&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Late&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;Excused&amp;quot;. These status descriptions are configurable, and more can be added. The teacher adds Attendance as an activity of a course, and then sets up the sessions whose attendance is to be tracked. To create course attendance go to any section and click an &amp;quot;Add an activity or resource&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Adding Attendance for the course&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Adding attendance.png|Select attendance option from the list&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Adding attendance - 2 .png| Configuring group &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the general section, enter all the common details like name of the attendance and description about the attendance (if you have).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Discussion forum activity =====&lt;br /&gt;
The discussion forum activity allows students and teachers to exchange ideas by having discussions on any topic. Any teacher or student registered for the course can initiate a new topic, can post comments or respond to available discussions on any topic. The discussions for a topic are automatically shown as as part of a &amp;#039;thread&amp;#039; by Moodle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several forum types to choose from, such as a standard forum where anyone can start a new discussion at any time; a forum where each student can post exactly one discussion; or a question and answer forum where students must first post before being able to view other students&amp;#039; posts. A teacher can allow files to be attached to forum posts. Any images attached in the forum post are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Discussion forums have many uses, such as&lt;br /&gt;
* A social space for students to get to know each other&lt;br /&gt;
* For course announcements (using a news forum with forced subscription, where only faculty can post)&lt;br /&gt;
* For discussing course content or reading materials&lt;br /&gt;
* For continuing on-line an issue raised previously in a face-to-face session&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
To add discussion topic click on the add &amp;quot;an activity or resource&amp;quot; option and select forum option from the activities list.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle discussion topics 1.png|Enter the discussion topic and summary&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle discussion topics 2.png|Restricting attachment size and text length&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the &amp;quot;general&amp;quot; section type your discussion topic and under the &amp;quot;attachments and word count&amp;quot; you can limit the size of the attachment and word counts and number of attachments etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you complete the editing, click on &amp;quot;Save and display&amp;quot; to display third discussion thread under your selected section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students can start replying to a topic / discussion by simply clicking on the &amp;#039;reply&amp;#039; option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Advanced Activities ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Lesson &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2.Workshop &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Multi-lingual offering of courses ====&lt;br /&gt;
The multi-language content filter enables resources to be created in multiple languages. Moodle by default will be in English and for running any local languages, language packages need to install in your server (This will be done by your web admin).&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Moodle Multi-lingual.png|none|thumb|600x600px|Use the Moodle in multi-language model]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Login to your course and on the top right side of the screen you can select the language which you want see your course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Adding content in the course page =====&lt;br /&gt;
For adding other language content into any section, after you enable the editing option and select click on edit -&amp;gt; edit topic.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Moodle mult-lingual content .png|left|thumb|500x500px|Adding content in multiple language]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the section open with edit option, for adding Kannada  text in to the section just add &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;{mlang kn}&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (&amp;#039;kn&amp;#039; means Kannada, replace this with your language) before your text began and at the end of your text just add &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;{mlang}&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. follow the same steps for any other language which is already installed in your Moodle server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====How to add a new course====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a faculty wants to add/create a ‘New course’ to the Moodle page below are the steps.&lt;br /&gt;
    1. Teacher’s Dashboard ►Site administration ►Courses ►Manage courses &amp;amp; categories►Create a new course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - How to add a new course&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:How to add a new course in Moodle.png|Steps on how to add a new course&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Student view in Moodle ===&lt;br /&gt;
This page will help you to navigate around your course as student. Once the faculty enrols you to a course, you can browse all the course content from the Moodle site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Student/User information ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Student login page&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:1. Edit profile - moodle.png|Home page of student account&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Most courses will allow the student to see profile of the login user from the top right side. This block will allow the student to see information about themselves in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Course navigation ====&lt;br /&gt;
In the main page, you can see the two columns: Navigation, Course contents with course sections and news, and upcoming events. You need to click on each tab to see more information.[[File:2. Course lists.png|thumb|See the list of course you are registered|none]] Once you click on the course, The course will open and from the left side course navigation option, directly you can go to any section in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://youtu.be/TPRHv0-_Ebg Click here] to see the tutorial on how access course content from Moodle mobile app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Participating in activities ====&lt;br /&gt;
Under every section of the course, faculty will give some activities to be completed by students. Activities may be quizzes, assignments, checklists and also discussion topics. Click on the activity to participate in it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Participating in assignments activity =====&lt;br /&gt;
If the activity is assignments, you have click on the title of the activity to read the full assignment and click on &amp;quot;add submission&amp;quot; it will open &amp;quot;online text section&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;file submission&amp;quot; sections, under online text section directly you can give text input of your assignment. In file submission section you can upload any files like images, text files, audio’s etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;450px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle – Uploading the assignment&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Gif to upload Assignment in Moodle.gif|This is how you can upload assignment through &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Moodle App&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Participating in discussion forum =====&lt;br /&gt;
Under the first general section you have to click on the  &amp;quot;General discussion forum for faculty and students&amp;quot; link to see all the discussion topics. To reply to any topic, click on the topic and type your reply by clicking on the reply link under others replies. Under every reply text input box, also it will allow you to upload your files if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Participate in the discussion topics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:3. Course assignments Moodle .png|&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Participating in assignment activity.png|&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to responding to the existing topic, you can create new discussion topic by clicking on &amp;quot;Add a new discussion topic&amp;quot;. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Also, [https://youtu.be/rRaNAdpPJFY click here] to see the video tutorial on how to participate in discussion forum in mobile app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Participating in assignments activity&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:3. Course assignments Moodle 2 .png| Participate in assignment activity&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Assignment submission.png |Online text input section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Assignment submission 2.png | File submission section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In this course you can upload up to sizes 500KB file as assignment, If you want to upload files which is more than 500KB, you can [[Learn Google Drive|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;use google drive&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]] to upload your file and give the link here under online text input section. Once you finish your inputs click on &amp;quot;Save changes&amp;quot; to submit your assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note : - If you want submit any of the video you have created, use [[Learn Youtube|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;YouTube&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]] to upload it and give the video link under online text input section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://youtu.be/MBfFEuWCX20 &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Click here&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;] to see video about assignment submission on Moodle mobile app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Accessing the resources ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The students can access the resources which are posted by the teacher &amp;amp;  given permission for downloading to the students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle – Accessing the resource&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Student accessing the resource 1.png|In the above screenshot we are trying to download a file which is uploaded by the teacher for the student.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Student accessing the resource 2.png|Here in the above screenshot, we can download a whole folder which is uploaded &amp;amp; given access to download for the students.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Advanced features ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Tracking activities of students&lt;br /&gt;
# Tracking assessments and grading assessments&lt;br /&gt;
# Quizzes for ongoing assessment&lt;br /&gt;
# Event tracking using calendar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reference ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://moodle.org/ Moodle]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://docs.moodle.org/34/en/Main_page Moodle handout]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bharath</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Moodle&amp;diff=10631</id>
		<title>Learn Moodle</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Moodle&amp;diff=10631"/>
		<updated>2020-06-29T16:37:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bharath: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/ಮೂಡಲ್‌_ಕಲಿಯಿರಿ ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Basic information ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT Competency&lt;br /&gt;
|Moodle is a learning management system (LMS) designed to provide educators, administrators and learners with a robust, secure and integrated system to create personalised and collaborative learning environments.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Educational application and relevance&lt;br /&gt;
|Moodle provides and on-line platform for collaborative learning. It empowers teachers to set-up courses, provide learning resources and activities for the course and assess learners. Teachers and learners can share ideas and experiences using the on-line discussion forums in Moodle. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Version&lt;br /&gt;
|Currently using 3.4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Other similar applications&lt;br /&gt;
|TalentLMS &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|The application on mobiles and tablets&lt;br /&gt;
|It is a web based application, and can be accessed through a browser on any device supporting browsing.&lt;br /&gt;
There is also an app which can be installed on mobiles. The Moodle app is available in Google Play Store. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Development and community help&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://docs.moodle.org/dev/Main_Page Moodle]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Install Moodle app on your phone ====&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle is a free application and it is available for smart phone, download Moodle from [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.moodle.moodlemobile&amp;amp;hl=en_IN google play store].&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* After downloading the &amp;quot;Application&amp;quot; just you need to follow the steps &amp;amp; install the Moodle App in your smartphone.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* When the installation is complete login to the &amp;quot;App&amp;quot; through the &amp;quot;Moodle ID&amp;quot; &amp;amp; &amp;quot;Password&amp;quot; provided.&lt;br /&gt;
=== Working with Moodle ===&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle is a free and open Learning Management System (LMS). You can configure any number of courses on Moodle. You can categorise courses as required. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;350px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Dashboard options&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle home page.png|Options available in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we  can see in the above screenshot, Moodle displays &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Calendar of events&lt;br /&gt;
*Latest announcements&lt;br /&gt;
*How many online users have accessed Moodle platform&lt;br /&gt;
*If we expand the navigation, we can have a look at the courses we&amp;#039;re enrolled to.&lt;br /&gt;
*Trending random glossary entry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A course is a space on a Moodle site where teachers can add content (learning materials) and activities (pedagogy) for their students. A teacher may be a faculty for more than one course, a course may include more than one teacher and more than one group of learners.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Both teachers and students have to be &amp;#039;registered&amp;#039; for a course (as &amp;#039;teacher&amp;#039; or as &amp;#039;student&amp;#039;), this role configuration is done by the Moodle administrator. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== How to reset your Moodle ID password ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you forget your Moodle ID or Password, it can be reset by following the below steps as shown in screenshots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Resetting your forgotten Moodle ID or Password&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Mobile App Forgot password Demo.jpeg|Resetting from Moodle App in smartphone&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Web browser forgot password.png|Click here if you have to reset your forgotten ID or password&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Webbrowser forgot password 1.png|Provide username or mail ID to reset&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Logging into Moodle course page ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can login to Moodle, through a phone Moodle app or through any web browser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Logging in from Web browser=====&lt;br /&gt;
Click on your Moodle course link and click on the login to view or to edit the course. Click on https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/lms/ to view a Moodle courses managed by Centre for Education and Technology, IT for Change.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Login to the course&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:1. Moodle login page.png|Moodle login screen&lt;br /&gt;
File:2. moodle - After login.png|Course home page&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you login, you can see the list of enrolled courses and you will see your login name on the top right corner of the screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Logging in from Moodle app=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;450px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Login to the course&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Mobile App.jpeg|Moodle App login screen&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;450px&amp;amp;quot;&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Accessing the Moodle App&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Settings 1.png|Steps to access the course &amp;amp; download&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After logging in to Moodle App, we can find the home screen as shown in screenshot 1, to access the courses we&amp;#039;re enrolled to click on the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; NAVIGATION &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button. The list if the courses enrolled will be displayed as shown in Screenshot 2, if we want to download courses to our storage. We can even download the courses from Moodle to phone storage by clicking the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Settings/Options &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; on top of the Smartphone screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;450px&amp;amp;quot;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Settings 2.png|Steps to access the course in Browser&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Above screenshot shows on steps to access to BigBlueButton through Moodle App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Moodle Home page ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Homepage 1.png|Pic 1 : Moodle LMS login page&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Homepage 2.png|Pic 2 : Username &amp;amp; Password&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Homepage 3.png|Pic 3 : User dashboard&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Homepage 4.png|Pic 4 : Courses enrolled to in thumbnail view&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Pic 1 :Homepage of https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/lms&lt;br /&gt;
* Pic 2 :Here we have to provide the Username/Moodle ID &amp;amp; Password&lt;br /&gt;
* Pic 3 :After the successful log IN to the account, on the left side of the screen we can find a &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;DASHBOARD&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Pic 4 :We can see the Courses we&amp;#039;re enrolled in &amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;THUMBNAIL&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; view also.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Faculty view in Moodle ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Editing sections====&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have a new blank course or once you enrolled as teacher for any course, you can start work on it by clicking the &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Turn editing on&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt; button on the top right side of your screen. Only faculty will have rights to edit the course contents, including adding resources and activities. This is not available for students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the &amp;#039;editing&amp;#039; option is turned &amp;#039;on&amp;#039;, each item on your course homepage and each section/block will display &amp;#039;edit&amp;#039; option, which will enable you to perform different functions such as edit/move/copy/delete/hide. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; In &amp;#039;&amp;#039;your theme the&amp;#039;&amp;#039; icons &amp;#039;&amp;#039;may be  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;different&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. However the functionality is the same for different themes of Moodle.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you click on edit - edit topics, it will take you to edit page (see the below screen shots).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - editing course content sections&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle - edit option 1.png|Click &amp;#039;edit sections&amp;#039; option to start editing section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle - edit option 2.png|Uncheck &amp;#039;Use default section name&amp;#039; for custom title name&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can embed your files, images or videos by dragging and dropping the file to the summary section. You can also adjust the size of the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Un-check &amp;quot;Use default section name&amp;quot; to give your custom heading for your section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start adding section summary under the summary box (you can copy paste from an existing text document also). Use the top &amp;#039;basic formatting&amp;#039; toolbar to format your text, you can &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;bold&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;italicise&amp;#039;&amp;#039; your text and perform basic text editing functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the restrict section, you can restrict the access to the page as in the screen shot below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - editing course content sections&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle - edit - restrictions 3.png|Set restrictions to access the section&lt;br /&gt;
File:moodle add or remove sections.png|To add or remove sections&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have completed your editing and added the text, images, videos in the section, you should click on &amp;quot;save changes&amp;quot; button to save your content under that section.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll to the bottom of the course main page and, below the last section, look for the small &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;+&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;-&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; icons (at right). Click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;plus&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;+&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;)/&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;minus(-)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to add and remove sections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Adding Resources ====&lt;br /&gt;
A resource is an item that a teacher can use to support learning, such as a file or web link. There are two ways you can add resources to the course page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Embedding the resource directly in the section =====&lt;br /&gt;
Web links can be provided directly in the section itself. You can give the link directly or &amp;#039;embed&amp;#039; the link to existing text (which will show as a hyper link). You can also embed images and videos directly on the section page, by providing the URL where the image or video file is stored (using the Insert -&amp;gt; Media option).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Editing the section&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle adding resources 1.png|Embedding the resource directly to the section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:To add hyperlink.png|Stages on how to link external link&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By selecting the words highlighted in the above screenshot &amp;amp; clicking the ‘LINK’ symbol, one more ‘pop – window’ will appear where you can paste the website link for quick access while reading a particular paragraph, for the students.&lt;br /&gt;
Above is the screenshot on how to add the “hyperlink” to particular section of “TEXT” by adding the Moodle LMS hyperlink&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Adding resource to the section =====&lt;br /&gt;
To add a resources like files, folder, URLs or to create a book, choose the section in your course homepage where you&amp;#039;d like it to appear and click on the &amp;quot;Add an activity or resource&amp;quot; available in that section and then select the type of resources you are going to add, from the drop down list. This can be any file you have, which you will upload to Moodle and provide as a resource in this section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you select any resource type from the list, click on &amp;#039;Add&amp;#039;. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the next dialogue box you have enter the required information. See the screen shot  below for details.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Adding resources into the sections&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle - adding file resources.png|Selecting a type of resources from the list&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Name : Type the name for your resources link, it will create a link which students will click on to view the file. It will be helpful to give it a name that suggests its purpose / contents. &lt;br /&gt;
* Description : Add a description of your file if required.&lt;br /&gt;
* Display description on the course page : If this box is ticked, the description will appear on the course page just below the name of the file. &lt;br /&gt;
* Select files : click on &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; and use the file picker to upload your file or drag and drop your file onto the arrow if you are using an appropriate browser. Here you can also create folder and add multiple resource files to a folder. You can use folders to categories files if you plan to provide many of them for the section. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Adding resources into the sections&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle adding resources 2.png|Upload files under the select file section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle upload your resource - files.png|Browse your local file location&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you browse the file then click on upload this file to upload to the page. Finally click on &amp;quot;save and display&amp;quot; to display your resources under the specified section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Adding Activities ====&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle supports a range of different activities that allow you to insert to any section. You can add interactive exercises for your students.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a activities like quiz, discussion forum, attendances, forms and surveys turn on your editing by clicking on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Turn editing on&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;. Choose the section in your course homepage where you&amp;#039;d like it to appear and click on the &amp;quot;Add an activity or resource&amp;quot; then select the type of activities you are going to add into section from the list (for example: Quiz).&lt;br /&gt;
===== Quiz =====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Adding activities&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle quiz activity_1.png|Select type of activity&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle configuring activity details.png|Configure your activity&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After select any activity which you are going to add it to the section (for example: quiz) then click on &amp;quot;add&amp;quot;. In the next dialog box will be a settings form for the activity like below. &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;General&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Name : Type the name for your activity link, it will create a link which students will click on to view the file. It will be helpful to give it a name that suggests its purpose / contents. &lt;br /&gt;
** Description : Add a description of your activity if required.&lt;br /&gt;
** Display description on the course page : If this box is ticked, the description will appear on the course page just below the name of the activity.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Timing&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Open the quiz and Close the quiz : Students can only start their attempt(s) after the open time and they must complete their attempts before the close time.&lt;br /&gt;
** Time limit : If enabled, the time limit is stated on the initial quiz page and a countdown timer is displayed in the quiz navigation block. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring activities&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle adding activity auiz - 3.png|Add basic information about the activities&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle adding activity quiz - 4.png|Setting up display and submitting time&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once the all the settings have been filled out as required and saved, the activity will appear at the bottom of the section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can move any activity around in the course with the move buttons while in &amp;#039;course edit&amp;#039; mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle supports a range of different activities that allow you to insert to any section. You can add interactive questions for the other students in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add questions by clicking on &amp;#039;Creating Question&amp;#039;, then select the type of question you are going to add into section from the list (for example: Multiple Question).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Creating Question&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Question bank 1.png|How to create a new Question&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Question bank 2.png|For the example we are framing ‘Multiple Choice Questions’ type.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Question bank 3.png|You can add the choices for the&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Question bank 4.png|Questions framed in the above screenshot.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Assignment =====&lt;br /&gt;
Assignment helps course creators to give assignments to course participants. The participants can submit assignments in the form of text by typing in text editor or by they can upload their digitally created content. Creators can download the submissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How to add an ‘Activity or resource’&lt;br /&gt;
By enabling the ‘Turn editing ON’ we can add ‘activity or resource’ in the units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - How to add an activity or resource&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Adding activity to attendance 1.png|By enabling the ‘Turn editing ON’ we can add ‘activity or resource’ in the units&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring Assignment&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Assignment_0.png|Select assignment module from activities list&lt;br /&gt;
File:Assignment_1.png|Participants can upload their files here&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Forum =====&lt;br /&gt;
Forum module helps course creators to allow participants discuss about course content, resources etc and share their collective knowledge. After a participant is enrolled for a course, he/she can take part in these forums.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring Forum&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Forum_0.png|Select Forum module from activities list&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Forum_1.png|Edit these menu options to suit course needs&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Also there is a control menu which enables users to participate in the forums with word count and attachment size. This will help maintain the course with optimum sized files. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Forum_2.png|center|thumb|500x500px|Choose attachment size for files to be uploaded ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Questionnaire =====&lt;br /&gt;
Questionnaire module will help course creators to give quizzes, data collection etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a questionnaire, click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add an activity/resource&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and select Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring Questionnaire&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Questionnaire_0.png|Select Questionnaire module from activities list&lt;br /&gt;
File:Questionnaire_1.png|Edit these menu options to suit course needs&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can control response actions and also activity completion which gives more control to the creator/moderators.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring Questionnaire&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Questionnaire_2.png|Helps to design responses better&lt;br /&gt;
File:Questionnaire_3.png|Deadlines also can be set from these menu&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After you finish configuring your questionnaire, click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;save and display&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to show the questionnaire or click on save and return to the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Tracking attendance =====&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Attendance&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; module is designed for &amp;#039;&amp;#039;teachers to be able take attendance&amp;#039;&amp;#039; during class, and for &amp;#039;&amp;#039;students to be able to view their own attendance record&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A teacher can mark the attendance status of a student as &amp;quot;Present&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Absent&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Late&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;Excused&amp;quot;. These status descriptions are configurable, and more can be added. The teacher adds Attendance as an activity of a course, and then sets up the sessions whose attendance is to be tracked. To create course attendance go to any section and click an &amp;quot;Add an activity or resource&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Adding Attendance for the course&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Adding attendance.png|Select attendance option from the list&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Adding attendance - 2 .png| Configuring group &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the general section, enter all the common details like name of the attendance and description about the attendance (if you have).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Discussion forum activity =====&lt;br /&gt;
The discussion forum activity allows students and teachers to exchange ideas by having discussions on any topic. Any teacher or student registered for the course can initiate a new topic, can post comments or respond to available discussions on any topic. The discussions for a topic are automatically shown as as part of a &amp;#039;thread&amp;#039; by Moodle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several forum types to choose from, such as a standard forum where anyone can start a new discussion at any time; a forum where each student can post exactly one discussion; or a question and answer forum where students must first post before being able to view other students&amp;#039; posts. A teacher can allow files to be attached to forum posts. Any images attached in the forum post are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Discussion forums have many uses, such as&lt;br /&gt;
* A social space for students to get to know each other&lt;br /&gt;
* For course announcements (using a news forum with forced subscription, where only faculty can post)&lt;br /&gt;
* For discussing course content or reading materials&lt;br /&gt;
* For continuing on-line an issue raised previously in a face-to-face session&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
To add discussion topic click on the add &amp;quot;an activity or resource&amp;quot; option and select forum option from the activities list.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle discussion topics 1.png|Enter the discussion topic and summary&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle discussion topics 2.png|Restricting attachment size and text length&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the &amp;quot;general&amp;quot; section type your discussion topic and under the &amp;quot;attachments and word count&amp;quot; you can limit the size of the attachment and word counts and number of attachments etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you complete the editing, click on &amp;quot;Save and display&amp;quot; to display third discussion thread under your selected section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students can start replying to a topic / discussion by simply clicking on the &amp;#039;reply&amp;#039; option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Advanced Activities ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Lesson &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2.Workshop &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Multi-lingual offering of courses ====&lt;br /&gt;
The multi-language content filter enables resources to be created in multiple languages. Moodle by default will be in English and for running any local languages, language packages need to install in your server (This will be done by your web admin).&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Moodle Multi-lingual.png|none|thumb|600x600px|Use the Moodle in multi-language model]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Login to your course and on the top right side of the screen you can select the language which you want see your course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Adding content in the course page =====&lt;br /&gt;
For adding other language content into any section, after you enable the editing option and select click on edit -&amp;gt; edit topic.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Moodle mult-lingual content .png|left|thumb|500x500px|Adding content in multiple language]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the section open with edit option, for adding Kannada  text in to the section just add &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;{mlang kn}&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (&amp;#039;kn&amp;#039; means Kannada, replace this with your language) before your text began and at the end of your text just add &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;{mlang}&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. follow the same steps for any other language which is already installed in your Moodle server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====How to add a new course====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a faculty wants to add/create a ‘New course’ to the Moodle page below are the steps.&lt;br /&gt;
    1. Teacher’s Dashboard ►Site administration ►Courses ►Manage courses &amp;amp; categories►Create a new course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;700px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - How to add a new course&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:How to add a new course in Moodle.png|Steps on how to add a new course&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Student view in Moodle ===&lt;br /&gt;
This page will help you to navigate around your course as student. Once the faculty enrols you to a course, you can browse all the course content from the Moodle site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Student/User information ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Student login page&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:1. Edit profile - moodle.png|Home page of student account&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Most courses will allow the student to see profile of the login user from the top right side. This block will allow the student to see information about themselves in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Course navigation ====&lt;br /&gt;
In the main page, you can see the two columns: Navigation, Course contents with course sections and news, and upcoming events. You need to click on each tab to see more information.[[File:2. Course lists.png|thumb|See the list of course you are registered|none]] Once you click on the course, The course will open and from the left side course navigation option, directly you can go to any section in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://youtu.be/TPRHv0-_Ebg Click here] to see the tutorial on how access course content from Moodle mobile app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Participating in activities ====&lt;br /&gt;
Under every section of the course, faculty will give some activities to be completed by students. Activities may be quizzes, assignments, checklists and also discussion topics. Click on the activity to participate in it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Participating in assignments activity =====&lt;br /&gt;
If the activity is assignments, you have click on the title of the activity to read the full assignment and click on &amp;quot;add submission&amp;quot; it will open &amp;quot;online text section&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;file submission&amp;quot; sections, under online text section directly you can give text input of your assignment. In file submission section you can upload any files like images, text files, audio’s etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;450px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle – Uploading the assignment&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Gif to upload Assignment in Moodle.gif|This is how you can upload assignment through &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Moodle App&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Participating in discussion forum =====&lt;br /&gt;
Under the first general section you have to click on the  &amp;quot;General discussion forum for faculty and students&amp;quot; link to see all the discussion topics. To reply to any topic, click on the topic and type your reply by clicking on the reply link under others replies. Under every reply text input box, also it will allow you to upload your files if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Participate in the discussion topics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:3. Course assignments Moodle .png|&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Participating in assignment activity.png|&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition to responding to the existing topic, you can create new discussion topic by clicking on &amp;quot;Add a new discussion topic&amp;quot;. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Also, [https://youtu.be/rRaNAdpPJFY click here] to see the video tutorial on how to participate in discussion forum in mobile app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Participating in assignments activity&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:3. Course assignments Moodle 2 .png| Participate in assignment activity&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Assignment submission.png |Online text input section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Assignment submission 2.png | File submission section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In this course you can upload up to sizes 500KB file as assignment, If you want to upload files which is more than 500KB, you can [[Learn Google Drive|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;use google drive&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]] to upload your file and give the link here under online text input section. Once you finish your inputs click on &amp;quot;Save changes&amp;quot; to submit your assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note : - If you want submit any of the video you have created, use [[Learn Youtube|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;YouTube&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]] to upload it and give the video link under online text input section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://youtu.be/MBfFEuWCX20 &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Click here&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;] to see video about assignment submission on Moodle mobile app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Accessing the resources ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The students can access the resources which are posted by the teacher &amp;amp;  given permission for downloading to the students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle – Accessing the resource&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Student accessing the resource 1.png|In the above screenshot we are trying to download a file which is uploaded by the teacher for the student.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Student accessing the resource 2.png|Here in the above screenshot, we can download a whole folder which is uploaded &amp;amp; given access to download for the students.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Advanced features ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Tracking activities of students&lt;br /&gt;
# Tracking assessments and grading assessments&lt;br /&gt;
# Quizzes for ongoing assessment&lt;br /&gt;
# Event tracking using calendar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reference ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://moodle.org/ Moodle]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://docs.moodle.org/34/en/Main_page Moodle handout]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bharath</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Moodle&amp;diff=10569</id>
		<title>Learn Moodle</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Moodle&amp;diff=10569"/>
		<updated>2020-06-19T10:49:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bharath: /* Logging IN from Moodle app */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/ಮೂಡಲ್‌_ಕಲಿಯಿರಿ ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Basic information ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT Competency&lt;br /&gt;
|Moodle is a learning management system (LMS) designed to provide educators, administrators and learners with a robust, secure and integrated system to create personalised and collaborative learning environments.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Educational application and relevance&lt;br /&gt;
|Moodle provides and on-line platform for collaborative learning. It empowers teachers to set-up courses, provide learning resources and activities for the course and assess learners. Teachers and learners can share ideas and experiences using the on-line discussion forums in Moodle. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Version&lt;br /&gt;
|Currently using 3.4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Other similar applications&lt;br /&gt;
|TalentLMS &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|The application on mobiles and tablets&lt;br /&gt;
|It is a web based application, and can be accessed through a browser on any device supporting browsing.&lt;br /&gt;
There is also an app which can be installed on mobiles. The Moodle app is available in Google Play Store. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Development and community help&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://docs.moodle.org/dev/Main_Page Moodle]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Working with Moodle ===&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle is a free and open Learning Management System (LMS). You can configure any number of courses on Moodle. You can categorise courses as required. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;350px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Dashboard options&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle home page.png|Options available in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we  can see in the above screenshot, Moodle displays &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Calendar of events&lt;br /&gt;
*Latest announcements&lt;br /&gt;
*How many online users has accessed Moodle platform&lt;br /&gt;
*If we expand the navigation, we can have a look at the courses we&amp;#039;re enrolled to.&lt;br /&gt;
*Trending random glossary entry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A course is a space on a Moodle site where teachers can add content (learning materials) and activities (pedagogy) for their students. A teacher may be a faculty for more than one course, a course may include more than one teacher and more than one group of learners.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Both teachers and students have to be &amp;#039;registered&amp;#039; for a course (as &amp;#039;teacher&amp;#039; or as &amp;#039;student&amp;#039;), this role configuration is done by the Moodle administrator. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== How to reset your Moodle ID password ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you forgot your Moodle ID or Password, we can reset by following the below steps in screenshots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Resetting your forgotten Moodle ID or Password&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Mobile App Forgot password Demo.jpeg|Resetting from Moodle App in smartphone&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Web browser forgot password.png|Click here if you have to reset your forgotten ID or password&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Webbrowser forgot password 1.png|Provide username or mail ID to reset&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Logging into Moodle course page ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can login to Moodle, through a phone Moodle app or through any web browser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Logging IN from Web browser=====&lt;br /&gt;
Click on your Moodle course link and click on the login to view or to edit the course . https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/lms/ to view a Moodle courses managed by Centre for Education and Technology, IT for Change.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Login to the course&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:1. Moodle login page.png|Moodle login screen&lt;br /&gt;
File:2. moodle - After login.png|Course home page&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you login, you can see the list of enrolled courses and you will see your login name on the top right corner of the screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Logging IN from Moodle app=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;450px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Login to the course&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Mobile App.jpeg|Moodle App login screen&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=450px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Accessing the Moodle App&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Settings 1.png|Steps to access the course &amp;amp; download&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After logging in to Moodle App, we can find the homescreen as shown in screenshot 1, to access the courses we&amp;#039;re enrolled to click on the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt; NAVIGATION &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button. The list if the courses enrolled will be displayed as shown in Screenshot 2, if we want to download courses to our storage. We can even download the courses from Moodle to phone storage by clicking the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt; Settings/Options &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; on top of the Smartphone screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=450px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Settings 2.png|Steps to access the course in Browser&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Above screenshot shows on steps to access to BigBlueButton through Moodle App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Moodle Home page ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Homepage 1.png|Pic 1 : Moodle LMS login page&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Homepage 2.png|Pic 2 : Username &amp;amp; Password&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Homepage 3.png|Pic 3 : User dashboard&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Homepage 4.png|Pic 4 : Courses enrolled to in thumbnail view&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Pic 1 :Homepage of https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/lms&lt;br /&gt;
* Pic 2 :Here we have to provide the Username/Moodle ID &amp;amp; Password&lt;br /&gt;
* Pic 3 :After the successful log IN to the account, on the left side of the screen we can find a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;DASHBOARD&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Pic 4 :We can see the Courses we&amp;#039;re enrolled in &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;THUMBNAIL&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; view also.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Faculty view in Moodle ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Editing sections====&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have a new blank course or once you enrolled as teacher for any course, you can start work on it by clicking the &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Turn editing on&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt; button on the top right side of your screen. Only faculty will have rights to edit the course contents, including adding resources and activities. This is not available for students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the &amp;#039;editing&amp;#039; option is turned &amp;#039;on&amp;#039;, each item on your course homepage and each section/block will display &amp;#039;edit&amp;#039; option, which will enable you to perform different functions such as edit/move/copy/delete/hide. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; In &amp;#039;&amp;#039;your theme the&amp;#039;&amp;#039; icons &amp;#039;&amp;#039;may be  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;different&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. However the functionality is the same for different themes of Moodle.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you click on edit - edit topics, it will take us to edit page (see the below screen shots).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - editing course content sections&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle - edit option 1.png|Click &amp;#039;edit sections&amp;#039; option to start editing section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle - edit option 2.png|Uncheck &amp;#039;Use default section name&amp;#039; for custom title name&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can embed your files like images or videos by dragging and dropping the file to the summary section. You can also adjust the size of the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Un-check &amp;quot;Use default section name&amp;quot; to give your custom heading for your section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start adding section summary under the summary box (you can copy paste from an existing text document also). Use the top &amp;#039;basic formatting&amp;#039; toolbar to format your text, you can &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;bold&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;italicise&amp;#039;&amp;#039; your text and perform basic text editing functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the restrict section, you can restrict the page to access as in the screen shot below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - editing course content sections&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle - edit - restrictions 3.png|Set restrictions to access the section&lt;br /&gt;
File:moodle add or remove sections.png|To add or remove sections&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have completed your editing and added the text, images, videos in the section, you should on click on &amp;quot;save changes&amp;quot; button to save your content under that section.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll to the bottom of the course main page and, below the last section, look for the small &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;+&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;-&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; icons (at right). Click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;plus&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;+&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;)/&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;minus(-)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to add and remove sections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Adding Resources ====&lt;br /&gt;
A resource is an item that a teacher can use to support learning, such as a file or web link. There are two ways you can add resources to the course page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Embedding the resource directly in the section =====&lt;br /&gt;
Web links can be provided directly in the section itself. You can give the link directly or &amp;#039;embed&amp;#039; the link to existing text (which will show as a hyper link). You can also embed images and videos directly on the section page, by providing the URL where the image or video file is stored in the Moodle (using the Insert -&amp;gt; Media option).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Editing the section&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle adding resources 1.png|Embedding the resource directly to the section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:To add hyperlink.png|Stages on how to link external link&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By selecting the words like highlighted in the above screenshot &amp;amp; clicking the ‘LINK’ symbol, one more ‘pop – window’ will appear where you can paste the website link for quick access while reading a particular paragraph, for the students.&lt;br /&gt;
Above is the screenshot on how to add the “hyperlink” to particular section of “TEXT” by adding the Moodle LMS hyperlink&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Adding resource to the section =====&lt;br /&gt;
To add a resources like files, folder, URLs or to create a book,  choose the section in your course homepage where you&amp;#039;d like it to appear and click on the &amp;quot;Add an activity or resource&amp;quot; available in that section and then select the type of resources you are going to add, from the drop down list. This can be any file you have, which you will upload to Moodle and provide as a resource in this section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you select any resource type from the list, click on &amp;#039;Add&amp;#039;. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the next dialogue box you have enter the required information. See the screen shot  below for details.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Adding resources into the sections&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle - adding file resources.png|Selecting a type of resources from the list&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Name : Type the name for your resources link, it will create a link which students will  click on to view the file. It will be helpful to give it a name that suggests its purpose / contents. &lt;br /&gt;
* Description : Add a description of your file here if required.&lt;br /&gt;
* Display description on the course page : If this box is ticked, the description will appear on the course page just below the name of the file. &lt;br /&gt;
* Select files : click on &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; and use the file picker to upload your file or drag and drop your file onto the arrow if you are using an appropriate browser. Here you can also create folder and add multiple resource files to a folder. You can use folders to categories files if you plan to provide  many of them for the section. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Adding resources into the sections&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle adding resources 2.png|Upload files under the select file section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle upload your resource - files.png|Browse your local file location&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once your browse the file then click on upload this file to upload to the page. Finally click on &amp;quot;save and display&amp;quot; to display your resources under the specified section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Adding Activities ====&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle supports a range of different activities types that allow you to insert to any section. You can add interactive exercises for your students.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a activities like quiz, discussion forum, attendances, forms and surveys turn on your editing by clicking on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Turn editing on&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;. Choose the section in your course homepage where you&amp;#039;d like it to appear and click on the &amp;quot;Add an activity or resource&amp;quot; then select the type of activities you are going to add into section from the list (for example: Quiz).&lt;br /&gt;
===== &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Quiz&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; =====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Adding activities&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle quiz activity_1.png|Select type of activity&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle configuring activity details.png|Configure your activity&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After select any activity which you are going to add it to the section (for example: quiz) then click on &amp;quot;add&amp;quot;. In the next dialog box will be a settings form for the activity like below. &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;General&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Name : Type the name for your activity link, it will create a link which students will  click on to view the file. It will be helpful to give it a name that suggests its purpose / contents. &lt;br /&gt;
** Description : Add a description of your file here if required.&lt;br /&gt;
** Display description on the course page : If this box is ticked, the description will appear on the course page just below the name of the file.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Timing&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Open the quiz and Close the quiz : Students can only start their attempt(s) after the open time and they must complete their attempts before the close time.&lt;br /&gt;
** Time limit : If enabled, the time limit is stated on the initial quiz page and a countdown timer is displayed in the quiz navigation block. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring activities&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle adding activity auiz - 3.png|Add basic information about the activities&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle adding activity quiz - 4.png|Setting up display and submitting time&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once the all the settings has been filled out as required and saved, the activity will appear at the bottom of the section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can move any activity around in the course with the move buttons while in course edit mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle supports a range of different activities that allow a student add you to insert to any section. You can add interactive questions for the other students in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add questions by clicking on &amp;#039;Creating Question&amp;#039;, then select the type of question you are going to add into section from the list (for example: Multiple Question).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Creating Question&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Question bank 1.png|How to create a new Question&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Question bank 2.png|For the example we are framing ‘Multiple Choice Questions’ type.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Question bank 3.png|You can add the choices for the&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Question bank 4.png|Questions framed in the above screenshot.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Assignment&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; =====&lt;br /&gt;
Assignment helps course creators to give assignments to course participants. They can submit assignments in the form of text by typing in text editor or by they can upload their digitally created content. Creators can download the submissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How to add an ‘Activity or resource’&lt;br /&gt;
By enabling the ‘Turn editing ON’ we can add ‘activity or resource’ in the units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - How to add an activity or resource&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Adding activity to attendance 1.png|By enabling the ‘Turn editing ON’ we can add ‘activity or resource’ in the units&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring Assignment&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Assignment_0.png|Select assignment module from activities list&lt;br /&gt;
File:Assignment_1.png|Participants can upload their files here&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Forum&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; =====&lt;br /&gt;
Forum module helps course creators to allow participants discuss about course content, resources etc and share their collective knowledge. After a participant is subscribed for a course, he/she can take part in these forums.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring Forum&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Forum_0.png|Select Forum module from activities list&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Forum_1.png|Edit these menu options to suit course needs&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Also there is a control menu which enables users to participate in the forums with word count and attachment size. This will help maintain the course with optimum sized files. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Forum_2.png|center|thumb|500x500px|Choose attachment size for files to be uploaded ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Questionnaire&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; =====&lt;br /&gt;
Questionnaire module will help course creators to give quizzes, data collection etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a questionnaire, click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add an activity/resource&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and select Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring Questionnaire&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Questionnaire_0.png|Select Questionnaire module from activities list&lt;br /&gt;
File:Questionnaire_1.png|Edit these menu options to suit course needs&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can control response actions and also activity completion which gives more control to the creator/moderators.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring Questionnaire&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Questionnaire_2.png|Helps to design responses better&lt;br /&gt;
File:Questionnaire_3.png|Deadlines also can be set from these menu&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After you finish configuring your questionnaire, click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;save and display&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to show the questionnaire or click on save and return to the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Tracking attendance =====&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Attendance&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; module is designed for &amp;#039;&amp;#039;teachers to be able take attendance&amp;#039;&amp;#039; during class, and for &amp;#039;&amp;#039;students to be able to view their own attendance record&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A teacher can mark the attendance status of a student as &amp;quot;Present&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Absent&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Late&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;Excused&amp;quot;. These status descriptions are configurable, and more can be added. The teacher adds Attendance as an activity of a course, and then sets up the sessions whose attendance is to be tracked. To create course attendance go to any section and click an &amp;quot;Add an activity or resource&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Adding Attendance for the course&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Adding attendance.png|Select attendance option from the list&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Adding attendance - 2 .png| Configuring group &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the general section, Enter all the common details like Name of the attendance and description about the attendance (if you have).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Discussion forum activity =====&lt;br /&gt;
The forum activity allows students and teachers to exchange ideas by having discussions on any topic. Any teacher or student registered for the course can post comments, to initiate a new topic, or respond to available discussions on any topic. The discussions for a topic are automatically shown as as part of a &amp;#039;thread&amp;#039; by Moodle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several forum types to choose from, such as a standard forum where anyone can start a new discussion at any time; a forum where each student can post exactly one discussion; or a question and answer forum where students must first post before being able to view other students&amp;#039; posts. A teacher can allow files to be attached to forum posts. Any images attached  in the forum post are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Discussion forums have many uses, such as&lt;br /&gt;
* A social space for students to get to know each other&lt;br /&gt;
* For course announcements (using a news forum with forced subscription, where only faculty can post)&lt;br /&gt;
* For discussing course content or reading materials&lt;br /&gt;
* For continuing on-line an issue raised previously in a face-to-face session&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
To add discussion topic click on the add &amp;quot;an activity or resource&amp;quot; option and select forum option from the activities list.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle discussion topics 1.png|Enter the discussion topic and summary&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle discussion topics 2.png|Restricting attachment size and text length&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the &amp;quot;general&amp;quot; section type your discussion topic and under the &amp;quot;attachments and word count&amp;quot; you can limit the size of the attachment and word counts and number of attachments etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you completes the editing, click on &amp;quot;Save and display&amp;quot; to display third discussion thread under your selected section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students can start replying to a topic / discussion by simply clicking on the &amp;#039;reply&amp;#039; option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Advanced Activities ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Lesson &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2.Workshop &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Multi-lingual offering of courses ====&lt;br /&gt;
The multi-language content filter enables resources to be created in multiple languages. Moodle by default language will be in English and for running any local languages, language packages need to install in your server (This will be done by your web admin).&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Moodle Multi-lingual.png|none|thumb|600x600px|Use the Moodle in multi-language model]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Login to your course and on the top right side of the screen you can select the language which you want see your course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Adding content in the course page =====&lt;br /&gt;
For adding other language content into any section, after you enable the editing option and select click on edit -&amp;gt; edit topic.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Moodle mult-lingual content .png|left|thumb|500x500px|Adding content in multiple language]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the section open with edit option, for adding Kannada  text in to the section just add &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;{mlang kn}&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (&amp;#039;kn&amp;#039; means Kannada, replace this with your language) before your text began and at the end of your text just add &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;{mlang}&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. follow the same steps for any other language which is already installed in your moodle server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====How to add a new course====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a faculty wants to add/create a ‘New course’ to the Moodle page below are the steps.&lt;br /&gt;
    1. Teacher’s Dashboard ►Site administration ►Courses ►Manage courses &amp;amp; categories►Create a new course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;700px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - How to add a new course&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:How to add a new course in Moodle.png|Steps on how to add a new course&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Student view in Moodle ===&lt;br /&gt;
This page will help you to navigate around your course as student. Once faculty enrol you to a course, you can browse all the the course content from the moodle site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Student/User information ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Student login page&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:1. Edit profile - moodle.png|Home page of student account&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Most courses will allow the student to see profile of the login user from the top right side. This block will allow the student to see information about themselves in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Course navigation ====&lt;br /&gt;
In the main page, you can see the two columns: Navigation, Course contents with course sections and news, and upcoming events. You need to click on each tab to see more information.[[File:2. Course lists.png|thumb|See the list of course you are registered|none]] Once you click on the course, The course will open and from the left side course navigation option, directly you can go to any section in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://youtu.be/TPRHv0-_Ebg Click here] to see the tutorial on how access course content from moodle mobile app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Participating in activities ====&lt;br /&gt;
Under every section of the courses, faculty will give some activities to be completed by students. Activities may be quizzes, assignments, checklists and also discussion topics. Click on the activity to participate in it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Participating in assignments activity =====&lt;br /&gt;
If the activity is assignments, you have click on the title of the activity to read the full assignment and click on &amp;quot;add submission&amp;quot; it will open &amp;quot;online text section&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;file submission&amp;quot; sections, under online text section directly you can give text input of your assignment. In file submission section you can upload any files like images, text files, audio’s etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;450px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle – Uploading the assignment&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Gif to upload Assignment in Moodle.gif|This is how you can upload assignment through &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Moodle App&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Participate in discussion forum =====&lt;br /&gt;
Under the first general section you have to click on the  &amp;quot;General discussion forum for faculty and students&amp;quot; link to see all the discussion topics. To reply to any topic, click on the topic and type your reply by clicking on the reply link under others replies. Under every reply text input box, also it will allow you to upload your files if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Participate in the discussion topics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:3. Course assignments Moodle .png|&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Participating in assignment activity.png|&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition to the existing topic, you can create new discussion topic by clicking on &amp;quot;Add a new discussion topic&amp;quot;. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Also, [https://youtu.be/rRaNAdpPJFY click here] to see the video tutorial on how to participate in discussion forum in mobile app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Participating in assignments activity&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:3. Course assignments Moodle 2 .png| Participate in assignment activity&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Assignment submission.png |Online text input section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Assignment submission 2.png | File submission section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In this course you can upload upto sizes 500KB file as assignment, If you want to upload files which is more than 500KB, you can [[Learn Google Drive|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;use google drive&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]] to upload your file and give the link here under online text input section. Once you finish your inputs click on &amp;quot;Save changes&amp;quot; to submit your assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note : - If you want submit any of the video you have created, use [[Learn Youtube|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Youtube&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]] to upload it and give the video link under online text input section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://youtu.be/MBfFEuWCX20 &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Click here&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;] to see video about assignment submission on moodle mobile app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== How the student can access the resource ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The students can access the resources which is posted by the teacher &amp;amp; is given permission for downloading to the students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle – Accessing the resource&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Student accessing the resource 1.png|In the above screenshot we are trying to download a file which is uploaded by the teacher for the student.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Student accessing the resource 2.png|Here in the above screenshot, we can download a whole folder which is uploaded &amp;amp; given access to download for the students.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Install Moodle app on your phone===&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle is a free application and it is available for smart phone, download Moodle from [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.moodle.moodlemobile&amp;amp;hl=en_IN google play store].&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* After downloading the &amp;quot;Application&amp;quot; just we need to follow the steps &amp;amp; install the Moodle App in our smartphone.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* When the installation is complete login to the &amp;quot;App&amp;quot; through the &amp;quot;Moodle ID&amp;quot; &amp;amp; &amp;quot;Password&amp;quot; provided.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Advanced features ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Tracking activities of students&lt;br /&gt;
# Tracking assessments and grading assessments&lt;br /&gt;
# Quizzes for ongoing assessment&lt;br /&gt;
# Event tracking using calendar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reference ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://moodle.org/ Moodle]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://docs.moodle.org/34/en/Main_page Moodle handout]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bharath</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Moodle&amp;diff=10568</id>
		<title>Learn Moodle</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Moodle&amp;diff=10568"/>
		<updated>2020-06-19T10:44:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bharath: /* Logging IN from Moodle app */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/ಮೂಡಲ್‌_ಕಲಿಯಿರಿ ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Basic information ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT Competency&lt;br /&gt;
|Moodle is a learning management system (LMS) designed to provide educators, administrators and learners with a robust, secure and integrated system to create personalised and collaborative learning environments.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Educational application and relevance&lt;br /&gt;
|Moodle provides and on-line platform for collaborative learning. It empowers teachers to set-up courses, provide learning resources and activities for the course and assess learners. Teachers and learners can share ideas and experiences using the on-line discussion forums in Moodle. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Version&lt;br /&gt;
|Currently using 3.4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Other similar applications&lt;br /&gt;
|TalentLMS &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|The application on mobiles and tablets&lt;br /&gt;
|It is a web based application, and can be accessed through a browser on any device supporting browsing.&lt;br /&gt;
There is also an app which can be installed on mobiles. The Moodle app is available in Google Play Store. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Development and community help&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://docs.moodle.org/dev/Main_Page Moodle]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Working with Moodle ===&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle is a free and open Learning Management System (LMS). You can configure any number of courses on Moodle. You can categorise courses as required. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;350px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Dashboard options&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle home page.png|Options available in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we  can see in the above screenshot, Moodle displays &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Calendar of events&lt;br /&gt;
*Latest announcements&lt;br /&gt;
*How many online users has accessed Moodle platform&lt;br /&gt;
*If we expand the navigation, we can have a look at the courses we&amp;#039;re enrolled to.&lt;br /&gt;
*Trending random glossary entry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A course is a space on a Moodle site where teachers can add content (learning materials) and activities (pedagogy) for their students. A teacher may be a faculty for more than one course, a course may include more than one teacher and more than one group of learners.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Both teachers and students have to be &amp;#039;registered&amp;#039; for a course (as &amp;#039;teacher&amp;#039; or as &amp;#039;student&amp;#039;), this role configuration is done by the Moodle administrator. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== How to reset your Moodle ID password ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you forgot your Moodle ID or Password, we can reset by following the below steps in screenshots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Resetting your forgotten Moodle ID or Password&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Mobile App Forgot password Demo.jpeg|Resetting from Moodle App in smartphone&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Web browser forgot password.png|Click here if you have to reset your forgotten ID or password&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Webbrowser forgot password 1.png|Provide username or mail ID to reset&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Logging into Moodle course page ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can login to Moodle, through a phone Moodle app or through any web browser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Logging IN from Web browser=====&lt;br /&gt;
Click on your Moodle course link and click on the login to view or to edit the course . https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/lms/ to view a Moodle courses managed by Centre for Education and Technology, IT for Change.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Login to the course&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:1. Moodle login page.png|Moodle login screen&lt;br /&gt;
File:2. moodle - After login.png|Course home page&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you login, you can see the list of enrolled courses and you will see your login name on the top right corner of the screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Logging IN from Moodle app=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;450px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Login to the course&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Mobile App.jpeg|Moodle App login screen&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=700px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Accessing the Moodle App&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Settings 1.png|Steps to access the course &amp;amp; download&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After logging in to Moodle App, we can find the homescreen as shown in screenshot 1, to access the courses we&amp;#039;re enrolled to click on the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt; NAVIGATION &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button. The list if the courses enrolled will be displayed as shown in Screenshot 2, if we want to download courses to our storage. We can even download the courses from Moodle to phone storage by clicking the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt; Settings/Options &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; on top of the Smartphone screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=700px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Settings 2.png|Steps to access the course in Browser&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Above screenshot shows on steps to access to BigBlueButton through Moodle App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Moodle Home page ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Homepage 1.png|Pic 1 : Moodle LMS login page&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Homepage 2.png|Pic 2 : Username &amp;amp; Password&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Homepage 3.png|Pic 3 : User dashboard&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Homepage 4.png|Pic 4 : Courses enrolled to in thumbnail view&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Pic 1 :Homepage of https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/lms&lt;br /&gt;
* Pic 2 :Here we have to provide the Username/Moodle ID &amp;amp; Password&lt;br /&gt;
* Pic 3 :After the successful log IN to the account, on the left side of the screen we can find a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;DASHBOARD&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Pic 4 :We can see the Courses we&amp;#039;re enrolled in &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;THUMBNAIL&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; view also.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Faculty view in Moodle ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Editing sections====&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have a new blank course or once you enrolled as teacher for any course, you can start work on it by clicking the &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Turn editing on&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt; button on the top right side of your screen. Only faculty will have rights to edit the course contents, including adding resources and activities. This is not available for students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the &amp;#039;editing&amp;#039; option is turned &amp;#039;on&amp;#039;, each item on your course homepage and each section/block will display &amp;#039;edit&amp;#039; option, which will enable you to perform different functions such as edit/move/copy/delete/hide. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; In &amp;#039;&amp;#039;your theme the&amp;#039;&amp;#039; icons &amp;#039;&amp;#039;may be  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;different&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. However the functionality is the same for different themes of Moodle.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you click on edit - edit topics, it will take us to edit page (see the below screen shots).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - editing course content sections&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle - edit option 1.png|Click &amp;#039;edit sections&amp;#039; option to start editing section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle - edit option 2.png|Uncheck &amp;#039;Use default section name&amp;#039; for custom title name&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can embed your files like images or videos by dragging and dropping the file to the summary section. You can also adjust the size of the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Un-check &amp;quot;Use default section name&amp;quot; to give your custom heading for your section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start adding section summary under the summary box (you can copy paste from an existing text document also). Use the top &amp;#039;basic formatting&amp;#039; toolbar to format your text, you can &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;bold&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;italicise&amp;#039;&amp;#039; your text and perform basic text editing functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the restrict section, you can restrict the page to access as in the screen shot below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - editing course content sections&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle - edit - restrictions 3.png|Set restrictions to access the section&lt;br /&gt;
File:moodle add or remove sections.png|To add or remove sections&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have completed your editing and added the text, images, videos in the section, you should on click on &amp;quot;save changes&amp;quot; button to save your content under that section.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll to the bottom of the course main page and, below the last section, look for the small &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;+&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;-&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; icons (at right). Click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;plus&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;+&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;)/&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;minus(-)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to add and remove sections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Adding Resources ====&lt;br /&gt;
A resource is an item that a teacher can use to support learning, such as a file or web link. There are two ways you can add resources to the course page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Embedding the resource directly in the section =====&lt;br /&gt;
Web links can be provided directly in the section itself. You can give the link directly or &amp;#039;embed&amp;#039; the link to existing text (which will show as a hyper link). You can also embed images and videos directly on the section page, by providing the URL where the image or video file is stored in the Moodle (using the Insert -&amp;gt; Media option).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Editing the section&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle adding resources 1.png|Embedding the resource directly to the section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:To add hyperlink.png|Stages on how to link external link&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By selecting the words like highlighted in the above screenshot &amp;amp; clicking the ‘LINK’ symbol, one more ‘pop – window’ will appear where you can paste the website link for quick access while reading a particular paragraph, for the students.&lt;br /&gt;
Above is the screenshot on how to add the “hyperlink” to particular section of “TEXT” by adding the Moodle LMS hyperlink&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Adding resource to the section =====&lt;br /&gt;
To add a resources like files, folder, URLs or to create a book,  choose the section in your course homepage where you&amp;#039;d like it to appear and click on the &amp;quot;Add an activity or resource&amp;quot; available in that section and then select the type of resources you are going to add, from the drop down list. This can be any file you have, which you will upload to Moodle and provide as a resource in this section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you select any resource type from the list, click on &amp;#039;Add&amp;#039;. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the next dialogue box you have enter the required information. See the screen shot  below for details.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Adding resources into the sections&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle - adding file resources.png|Selecting a type of resources from the list&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Name : Type the name for your resources link, it will create a link which students will  click on to view the file. It will be helpful to give it a name that suggests its purpose / contents. &lt;br /&gt;
* Description : Add a description of your file here if required.&lt;br /&gt;
* Display description on the course page : If this box is ticked, the description will appear on the course page just below the name of the file. &lt;br /&gt;
* Select files : click on &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; and use the file picker to upload your file or drag and drop your file onto the arrow if you are using an appropriate browser. Here you can also create folder and add multiple resource files to a folder. You can use folders to categories files if you plan to provide  many of them for the section. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Adding resources into the sections&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle adding resources 2.png|Upload files under the select file section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle upload your resource - files.png|Browse your local file location&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once your browse the file then click on upload this file to upload to the page. Finally click on &amp;quot;save and display&amp;quot; to display your resources under the specified section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Adding Activities ====&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle supports a range of different activities types that allow you to insert to any section. You can add interactive exercises for your students.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a activities like quiz, discussion forum, attendances, forms and surveys turn on your editing by clicking on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Turn editing on&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;. Choose the section in your course homepage where you&amp;#039;d like it to appear and click on the &amp;quot;Add an activity or resource&amp;quot; then select the type of activities you are going to add into section from the list (for example: Quiz).&lt;br /&gt;
===== &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Quiz&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; =====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Adding activities&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle quiz activity_1.png|Select type of activity&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle configuring activity details.png|Configure your activity&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After select any activity which you are going to add it to the section (for example: quiz) then click on &amp;quot;add&amp;quot;. In the next dialog box will be a settings form for the activity like below. &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;General&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Name : Type the name for your activity link, it will create a link which students will  click on to view the file. It will be helpful to give it a name that suggests its purpose / contents. &lt;br /&gt;
** Description : Add a description of your file here if required.&lt;br /&gt;
** Display description on the course page : If this box is ticked, the description will appear on the course page just below the name of the file.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Timing&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Open the quiz and Close the quiz : Students can only start their attempt(s) after the open time and they must complete their attempts before the close time.&lt;br /&gt;
** Time limit : If enabled, the time limit is stated on the initial quiz page and a countdown timer is displayed in the quiz navigation block. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring activities&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle adding activity auiz - 3.png|Add basic information about the activities&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle adding activity quiz - 4.png|Setting up display and submitting time&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once the all the settings has been filled out as required and saved, the activity will appear at the bottom of the section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can move any activity around in the course with the move buttons while in course edit mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle supports a range of different activities that allow a student add you to insert to any section. You can add interactive questions for the other students in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add questions by clicking on &amp;#039;Creating Question&amp;#039;, then select the type of question you are going to add into section from the list (for example: Multiple Question).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Creating Question&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Question bank 1.png|How to create a new Question&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Question bank 2.png|For the example we are framing ‘Multiple Choice Questions’ type.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Question bank 3.png|You can add the choices for the&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Question bank 4.png|Questions framed in the above screenshot.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Assignment&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; =====&lt;br /&gt;
Assignment helps course creators to give assignments to course participants. They can submit assignments in the form of text by typing in text editor or by they can upload their digitally created content. Creators can download the submissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How to add an ‘Activity or resource’&lt;br /&gt;
By enabling the ‘Turn editing ON’ we can add ‘activity or resource’ in the units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - How to add an activity or resource&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Adding activity to attendance 1.png|By enabling the ‘Turn editing ON’ we can add ‘activity or resource’ in the units&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring Assignment&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Assignment_0.png|Select assignment module from activities list&lt;br /&gt;
File:Assignment_1.png|Participants can upload their files here&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Forum&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; =====&lt;br /&gt;
Forum module helps course creators to allow participants discuss about course content, resources etc and share their collective knowledge. After a participant is subscribed for a course, he/she can take part in these forums.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring Forum&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Forum_0.png|Select Forum module from activities list&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Forum_1.png|Edit these menu options to suit course needs&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Also there is a control menu which enables users to participate in the forums with word count and attachment size. This will help maintain the course with optimum sized files. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Forum_2.png|center|thumb|500x500px|Choose attachment size for files to be uploaded ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Questionnaire&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; =====&lt;br /&gt;
Questionnaire module will help course creators to give quizzes, data collection etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a questionnaire, click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add an activity/resource&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and select Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring Questionnaire&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Questionnaire_0.png|Select Questionnaire module from activities list&lt;br /&gt;
File:Questionnaire_1.png|Edit these menu options to suit course needs&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can control response actions and also activity completion which gives more control to the creator/moderators.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring Questionnaire&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Questionnaire_2.png|Helps to design responses better&lt;br /&gt;
File:Questionnaire_3.png|Deadlines also can be set from these menu&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After you finish configuring your questionnaire, click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;save and display&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to show the questionnaire or click on save and return to the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Tracking attendance =====&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Attendance&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; module is designed for &amp;#039;&amp;#039;teachers to be able take attendance&amp;#039;&amp;#039; during class, and for &amp;#039;&amp;#039;students to be able to view their own attendance record&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A teacher can mark the attendance status of a student as &amp;quot;Present&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Absent&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Late&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;Excused&amp;quot;. These status descriptions are configurable, and more can be added. The teacher adds Attendance as an activity of a course, and then sets up the sessions whose attendance is to be tracked. To create course attendance go to any section and click an &amp;quot;Add an activity or resource&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Adding Attendance for the course&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Adding attendance.png|Select attendance option from the list&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Adding attendance - 2 .png| Configuring group &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the general section, Enter all the common details like Name of the attendance and description about the attendance (if you have).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Discussion forum activity =====&lt;br /&gt;
The forum activity allows students and teachers to exchange ideas by having discussions on any topic. Any teacher or student registered for the course can post comments, to initiate a new topic, or respond to available discussions on any topic. The discussions for a topic are automatically shown as as part of a &amp;#039;thread&amp;#039; by Moodle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several forum types to choose from, such as a standard forum where anyone can start a new discussion at any time; a forum where each student can post exactly one discussion; or a question and answer forum where students must first post before being able to view other students&amp;#039; posts. A teacher can allow files to be attached to forum posts. Any images attached  in the forum post are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Discussion forums have many uses, such as&lt;br /&gt;
* A social space for students to get to know each other&lt;br /&gt;
* For course announcements (using a news forum with forced subscription, where only faculty can post)&lt;br /&gt;
* For discussing course content or reading materials&lt;br /&gt;
* For continuing on-line an issue raised previously in a face-to-face session&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
To add discussion topic click on the add &amp;quot;an activity or resource&amp;quot; option and select forum option from the activities list.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle discussion topics 1.png|Enter the discussion topic and summary&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle discussion topics 2.png|Restricting attachment size and text length&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the &amp;quot;general&amp;quot; section type your discussion topic and under the &amp;quot;attachments and word count&amp;quot; you can limit the size of the attachment and word counts and number of attachments etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you completes the editing, click on &amp;quot;Save and display&amp;quot; to display third discussion thread under your selected section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students can start replying to a topic / discussion by simply clicking on the &amp;#039;reply&amp;#039; option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Advanced Activities ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Lesson &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2.Workshop &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Multi-lingual offering of courses ====&lt;br /&gt;
The multi-language content filter enables resources to be created in multiple languages. Moodle by default language will be in English and for running any local languages, language packages need to install in your server (This will be done by your web admin).&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Moodle Multi-lingual.png|none|thumb|600x600px|Use the Moodle in multi-language model]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Login to your course and on the top right side of the screen you can select the language which you want see your course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Adding content in the course page =====&lt;br /&gt;
For adding other language content into any section, after you enable the editing option and select click on edit -&amp;gt; edit topic.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Moodle mult-lingual content .png|left|thumb|500x500px|Adding content in multiple language]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the section open with edit option, for adding Kannada  text in to the section just add &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;{mlang kn}&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (&amp;#039;kn&amp;#039; means Kannada, replace this with your language) before your text began and at the end of your text just add &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;{mlang}&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. follow the same steps for any other language which is already installed in your moodle server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====How to add a new course====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a faculty wants to add/create a ‘New course’ to the Moodle page below are the steps.&lt;br /&gt;
    1. Teacher’s Dashboard ►Site administration ►Courses ►Manage courses &amp;amp; categories►Create a new course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;700px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - How to add a new course&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:How to add a new course in Moodle.png|Steps on how to add a new course&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Student view in Moodle ===&lt;br /&gt;
This page will help you to navigate around your course as student. Once faculty enrol you to a course, you can browse all the the course content from the moodle site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Student/User information ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Student login page&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:1. Edit profile - moodle.png|Home page of student account&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Most courses will allow the student to see profile of the login user from the top right side. This block will allow the student to see information about themselves in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Course navigation ====&lt;br /&gt;
In the main page, you can see the two columns: Navigation, Course contents with course sections and news, and upcoming events. You need to click on each tab to see more information.[[File:2. Course lists.png|thumb|See the list of course you are registered|none]] Once you click on the course, The course will open and from the left side course navigation option, directly you can go to any section in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://youtu.be/TPRHv0-_Ebg Click here] to see the tutorial on how access course content from moodle mobile app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Participating in activities ====&lt;br /&gt;
Under every section of the courses, faculty will give some activities to be completed by students. Activities may be quizzes, assignments, checklists and also discussion topics. Click on the activity to participate in it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Participating in assignments activity =====&lt;br /&gt;
If the activity is assignments, you have click on the title of the activity to read the full assignment and click on &amp;quot;add submission&amp;quot; it will open &amp;quot;online text section&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;file submission&amp;quot; sections, under online text section directly you can give text input of your assignment. In file submission section you can upload any files like images, text files, audio’s etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;450px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle – Uploading the assignment&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Gif to upload Assignment in Moodle.gif|This is how you can upload assignment through &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Moodle App&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Participate in discussion forum =====&lt;br /&gt;
Under the first general section you have to click on the  &amp;quot;General discussion forum for faculty and students&amp;quot; link to see all the discussion topics. To reply to any topic, click on the topic and type your reply by clicking on the reply link under others replies. Under every reply text input box, also it will allow you to upload your files if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Participate in the discussion topics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:3. Course assignments Moodle .png|&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Participating in assignment activity.png|&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition to the existing topic, you can create new discussion topic by clicking on &amp;quot;Add a new discussion topic&amp;quot;. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Also, [https://youtu.be/rRaNAdpPJFY click here] to see the video tutorial on how to participate in discussion forum in mobile app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Participating in assignments activity&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:3. Course assignments Moodle 2 .png| Participate in assignment activity&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Assignment submission.png |Online text input section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Assignment submission 2.png | File submission section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In this course you can upload upto sizes 500KB file as assignment, If you want to upload files which is more than 500KB, you can [[Learn Google Drive|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;use google drive&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]] to upload your file and give the link here under online text input section. Once you finish your inputs click on &amp;quot;Save changes&amp;quot; to submit your assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note : - If you want submit any of the video you have created, use [[Learn Youtube|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Youtube&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]] to upload it and give the video link under online text input section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://youtu.be/MBfFEuWCX20 &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Click here&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;] to see video about assignment submission on moodle mobile app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== How the student can access the resource ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The students can access the resources which is posted by the teacher &amp;amp; is given permission for downloading to the students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle – Accessing the resource&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Student accessing the resource 1.png|In the above screenshot we are trying to download a file which is uploaded by the teacher for the student.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Student accessing the resource 2.png|Here in the above screenshot, we can download a whole folder which is uploaded &amp;amp; given access to download for the students.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Install Moodle app on your phone===&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle is a free application and it is available for smart phone, download Moodle from [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.moodle.moodlemobile&amp;amp;hl=en_IN google play store].&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* After downloading the &amp;quot;Application&amp;quot; just we need to follow the steps &amp;amp; install the Moodle App in our smartphone.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* When the installation is complete login to the &amp;quot;App&amp;quot; through the &amp;quot;Moodle ID&amp;quot; &amp;amp; &amp;quot;Password&amp;quot; provided.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Advanced features ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Tracking activities of students&lt;br /&gt;
# Tracking assessments and grading assessments&lt;br /&gt;
# Quizzes for ongoing assessment&lt;br /&gt;
# Event tracking using calendar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reference ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://moodle.org/ Moodle]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://docs.moodle.org/34/en/Main_page Moodle handout]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bharath</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Moodle_Settings_2.png&amp;diff=10567</id>
		<title>File:Moodle Settings 2.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Moodle_Settings_2.png&amp;diff=10567"/>
		<updated>2020-06-19T10:22:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bharath: {{Information
|Description    ={{en|1=Learn Moodle}}
|Source         =Moodle
|Author         =IT for Change
|Date           =19-06-2020
|Name           =
|Alt_names           =
|Teaches           =
|Based_on_url           =
|Requires           =
|Asses...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Information&lt;br /&gt;
|Description    ={{en|1=Learn Moodle}}&lt;br /&gt;
|Source         =Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
|Author         =IT for Change&lt;br /&gt;
|Date           =19-06-2020&lt;br /&gt;
|Name           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Alt_names           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Teaches           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Based_on_url           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Requires           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Assessment           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Time_required           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_Telugu           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_English           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Translation_of           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Adaptationup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Contributorup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Permission     =&lt;br /&gt;
|other_versions =&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{cc-by-sa-4.0}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bharath</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Moodle_Settings_1.png&amp;diff=10566</id>
		<title>File:Moodle Settings 1.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Moodle_Settings_1.png&amp;diff=10566"/>
		<updated>2020-06-19T10:21:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bharath: {{Information
|Description    ={{en|1=Learn Moodle}}
|Source         =Moodle
|Author         =IT for Change
|Date           =19-06-2020
|Name           =
|Alt_names           =
|Teaches           =
|Based_on_url           =
|Requires           =
|Asses...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Information&lt;br /&gt;
|Description    ={{en|1=Learn Moodle}}&lt;br /&gt;
|Source         =Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
|Author         =IT for Change&lt;br /&gt;
|Date           =19-06-2020&lt;br /&gt;
|Name           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Alt_names           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Teaches           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Based_on_url           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Requires           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Assessment           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Time_required           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_Telugu           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_English           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Translation_of           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Adaptationup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Contributorup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Permission     =&lt;br /&gt;
|other_versions =&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{cc-by-sa-4.0}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bharath</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Student_accessing_the_resource_2.png&amp;diff=10565</id>
		<title>File:Student accessing the resource 2.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Student_accessing_the_resource_2.png&amp;diff=10565"/>
		<updated>2020-06-19T09:43:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bharath: Bharath uploaded a new version of File:Student accessing the resource 2.png&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Information&lt;br /&gt;
|Description    ={{en|1=Learn Moodle}}&lt;br /&gt;
|Source         =Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
|Author         =IT for Change&lt;br /&gt;
|Date           =21-05-2020&lt;br /&gt;
|Name           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Alt_names           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Teaches           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Based_on_url           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Requires           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Assessment           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Time_required           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_Telugu           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_English           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Translation_of           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Adaptationup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Contributorup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Permission     =&lt;br /&gt;
|other_versions =&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{cc-by-sa-4.0}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bharath</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Student_accessing_the_resource_1.png&amp;diff=10564</id>
		<title>File:Student accessing the resource 1.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Student_accessing_the_resource_1.png&amp;diff=10564"/>
		<updated>2020-06-19T09:42:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bharath: Bharath uploaded a new version of File:Student accessing the resource 1.png&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Information&lt;br /&gt;
|Description    ={{en|1=Learn Moodle}}&lt;br /&gt;
|Source         =Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
|Author         =IT for Change&lt;br /&gt;
|Date           =20-05-2020&lt;br /&gt;
|Name           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Alt_names           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Teaches           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Based_on_url           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Requires           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Assessment           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Time_required           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_Telugu           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_English           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Translation_of           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Adaptationup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Contributorup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Permission     =&lt;br /&gt;
|other_versions =&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{cc-by-sa-4.0}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bharath</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Participating_in_assignment_activity.png&amp;diff=10563</id>
		<title>File:Participating in assignment activity.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:Participating_in_assignment_activity.png&amp;diff=10563"/>
		<updated>2020-06-19T09:33:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bharath: Bharath uploaded a new version of File:Participating in assignment activity.png&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Information&lt;br /&gt;
|Description    ={{en|1=Learn Moodle}}&lt;br /&gt;
|Source         =Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
|Author         =IT for Change&lt;br /&gt;
|Date           =21-05-2020&lt;br /&gt;
|Name           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Alt_names           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Teaches           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Based_on_url           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Requires           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Assessment           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Time_required           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_Telugu           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_English           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Translation_of           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Adaptationup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Contributorup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Permission     =&lt;br /&gt;
|other_versions =&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{cc-by-sa-4.0}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bharath</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:1._Edit_profile_-_moodle.png&amp;diff=10562</id>
		<title>File:1. Edit profile - moodle.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:1._Edit_profile_-_moodle.png&amp;diff=10562"/>
		<updated>2020-06-19T09:29:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bharath: Bharath uploaded a new version of File:1. Edit profile - moodle.png&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Information&lt;br /&gt;
|Description= To see user profile on moodle&lt;br /&gt;
|Source= IT for  CHange&lt;br /&gt;
|Date= 1710/18&lt;br /&gt;
|Author= IT for Change&lt;br /&gt;
|Permission=&lt;br /&gt;
|other_versions=&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{cc-by-4.0}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bharath</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Moodle&amp;diff=10560</id>
		<title>Learn Moodle</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Moodle&amp;diff=10560"/>
		<updated>2020-06-19T09:01:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bharath: /* Advanced Activities */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/ಮೂಡಲ್‌_ಕಲಿಯಿರಿ ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Basic information ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT Competency&lt;br /&gt;
|Moodle is a learning management system (LMS) designed to provide educators, administrators and learners with a robust, secure and integrated system to create personalised and collaborative learning environments.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Educational application and relevance&lt;br /&gt;
|Moodle provides and on-line platform for collaborative learning. It empowers teachers to set-up courses, provide learning resources and activities for the course and assess learners. Teachers and learners can share ideas and experiences using the on-line discussion forums in Moodle. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Version&lt;br /&gt;
|Currently using 3.4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Other similar applications&lt;br /&gt;
|TalentLMS &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|The application on mobiles and tablets&lt;br /&gt;
|It is a web based application, and can be accessed through a browser on any device supporting browsing.&lt;br /&gt;
There is also an app which can be installed on mobiles. The Moodle app is available in Google Play Store. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Development and community help&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://docs.moodle.org/dev/Main_Page Moodle]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Working with Moodle ===&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle is a free and open Learning Management System (LMS). You can configure any number of courses on Moodle. You can categorise courses as required. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;350px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Dashboard options&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle home page.png|Options available in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we  can see in the above screenshot, Moodle displays &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Calendar of events&lt;br /&gt;
*Latest announcements&lt;br /&gt;
*How many online users has accessed Moodle platform&lt;br /&gt;
*If we expand the navigation, we can have a look at the courses we&amp;#039;re enrolled to.&lt;br /&gt;
*Trending random glossary entry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A course is a space on a Moodle site where teachers can add content (learning materials) and activities (pedagogy) for their students. A teacher may be a faculty for more than one course, a course may include more than one teacher and more than one group of learners.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Both teachers and students have to be &amp;#039;registered&amp;#039; for a course (as &amp;#039;teacher&amp;#039; or as &amp;#039;student&amp;#039;), this role configuration is done by the Moodle administrator. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== How to reset your Moodle ID password ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you forgot your Moodle ID or Password, we can reset by following the below steps in screenshots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Resetting your forgotten Moodle ID or Password&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Mobile App Forgot password Demo.jpeg|Resetting from Moodle App in smartphone&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Web browser forgot password.png|Click here if you have to reset your forgotten ID or password&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Webbrowser forgot password 1.png|Provide username or mail ID to reset&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Logging into Moodle course page ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can login to Moodle, through a phone Moodle app or through any web browser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Logging IN from Web browser=====&lt;br /&gt;
Click on your Moodle course link and click on the login to view or to edit the course . https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/lms/ to view a Moodle courses managed by Centre for Education and Technology, IT for Change.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Login to the course&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:1. Moodle login page.png|Moodle login screen&lt;br /&gt;
File:2. moodle - After login.png|Course home page&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you login, you can see the list of enrolled courses and you will see your login name on the top right corner of the screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Logging IN from Moodle app=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;450px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Login to the course&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Mobile App.jpeg|Moodle App login screen&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Moodle Home page ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Homepage 1.png|Pic 1 : Moodle LMS login page&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Homepage 2.png|Pic 2 : Username &amp;amp; Password&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Homepage 3.png|Pic 3 : User dashboard&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Homepage 4.png|Pic 4 : Courses enrolled to in thumbnail view&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Pic 1 :Homepage of https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/lms&lt;br /&gt;
* Pic 2 :Here we have to provide the Username/Moodle ID &amp;amp; Password&lt;br /&gt;
* Pic 3 :After the successful log IN to the account, on the left side of the screen we can find a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;DASHBOARD&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Pic 4 :We can see the Courses we&amp;#039;re enrolled in &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;THUMBNAIL&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; view also.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Faculty view in Moodle ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Editing sections====&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have a new blank course or once you enrolled as teacher for any course, you can start work on it by clicking the &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Turn editing on&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt; button on the top right side of your screen. Only faculty will have rights to edit the course contents, including adding resources and activities. This is not available for students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the &amp;#039;editing&amp;#039; option is turned &amp;#039;on&amp;#039;, each item on your course homepage and each section/block will display &amp;#039;edit&amp;#039; option, which will enable you to perform different functions such as edit/move/copy/delete/hide. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; In &amp;#039;&amp;#039;your theme the&amp;#039;&amp;#039; icons &amp;#039;&amp;#039;may be  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;different&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. However the functionality is the same for different themes of Moodle.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you click on edit - edit topics, it will take us to edit page (see the below screen shots).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - editing course content sections&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle - edit option 1.png|Click &amp;#039;edit sections&amp;#039; option to start editing section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle - edit option 2.png|Uncheck &amp;#039;Use default section name&amp;#039; for custom title name&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can embed your files like images or videos by dragging and dropping the file to the summary section. You can also adjust the size of the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Un-check &amp;quot;Use default section name&amp;quot; to give your custom heading for your section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start adding section summary under the summary box (you can copy paste from an existing text document also). Use the top &amp;#039;basic formatting&amp;#039; toolbar to format your text, you can &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;bold&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;italicise&amp;#039;&amp;#039; your text and perform basic text editing functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the restrict section, you can restrict the page to access as in the screen shot below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - editing course content sections&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle - edit - restrictions 3.png|Set restrictions to access the section&lt;br /&gt;
File:moodle add or remove sections.png|To add or remove sections&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have completed your editing and added the text, images, videos in the section, you should on click on &amp;quot;save changes&amp;quot; button to save your content under that section.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll to the bottom of the course main page and, below the last section, look for the small &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;+&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;-&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; icons (at right). Click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;plus&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;+&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;)/&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;minus(-)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to add and remove sections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Adding Resources ====&lt;br /&gt;
A resource is an item that a teacher can use to support learning, such as a file or web link. There are two ways you can add resources to the course page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Embedding the resource directly in the section =====&lt;br /&gt;
Web links can be provided directly in the section itself. You can give the link directly or &amp;#039;embed&amp;#039; the link to existing text (which will show as a hyper link). You can also embed images and videos directly on the section page, by providing the URL where the image or video file is stored in the Moodle (using the Insert -&amp;gt; Media option).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Editing the section&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle adding resources 1.png|Embedding the resource directly to the section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:To add hyperlink.png|Stages on how to link external link&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By selecting the words like highlighted in the above screenshot &amp;amp; clicking the ‘LINK’ symbol, one more ‘pop – window’ will appear where you can paste the website link for quick access while reading a particular paragraph, for the students.&lt;br /&gt;
Above is the screenshot on how to add the “hyperlink” to particular section of “TEXT” by adding the Moodle LMS hyperlink&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Adding resource to the section =====&lt;br /&gt;
To add a resources like files, folder, URLs or to create a book,  choose the section in your course homepage where you&amp;#039;d like it to appear and click on the &amp;quot;Add an activity or resource&amp;quot; available in that section and then select the type of resources you are going to add, from the drop down list. This can be any file you have, which you will upload to Moodle and provide as a resource in this section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you select any resource type from the list, click on &amp;#039;Add&amp;#039;. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the next dialogue box you have enter the required information. See the screen shot  below for details.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Adding resources into the sections&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle - adding file resources.png|Selecting a type of resources from the list&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Name : Type the name for your resources link, it will create a link which students will  click on to view the file. It will be helpful to give it a name that suggests its purpose / contents. &lt;br /&gt;
* Description : Add a description of your file here if required.&lt;br /&gt;
* Display description on the course page : If this box is ticked, the description will appear on the course page just below the name of the file. &lt;br /&gt;
* Select files : click on &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; and use the file picker to upload your file or drag and drop your file onto the arrow if you are using an appropriate browser. Here you can also create folder and add multiple resource files to a folder. You can use folders to categories files if you plan to provide  many of them for the section. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Adding resources into the sections&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle adding resources 2.png|Upload files under the select file section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle upload your resource - files.png|Browse your local file location&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once your browse the file then click on upload this file to upload to the page. Finally click on &amp;quot;save and display&amp;quot; to display your resources under the specified section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Adding Activities ====&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle supports a range of different activities types that allow you to insert to any section. You can add interactive exercises for your students.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a activities like quiz, discussion forum, attendances, forms and surveys turn on your editing by clicking on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Turn editing on&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;. Choose the section in your course homepage where you&amp;#039;d like it to appear and click on the &amp;quot;Add an activity or resource&amp;quot; then select the type of activities you are going to add into section from the list (for example: Quiz).&lt;br /&gt;
===== &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Quiz&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; =====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Adding activities&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle quiz activity_1.png|Select type of activity&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle configuring activity details.png|Configure your activity&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After select any activity which you are going to add it to the section (for example: quiz) then click on &amp;quot;add&amp;quot;. In the next dialog box will be a settings form for the activity like below. &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;General&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Name : Type the name for your activity link, it will create a link which students will  click on to view the file. It will be helpful to give it a name that suggests its purpose / contents. &lt;br /&gt;
** Description : Add a description of your file here if required.&lt;br /&gt;
** Display description on the course page : If this box is ticked, the description will appear on the course page just below the name of the file.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Timing&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Open the quiz and Close the quiz : Students can only start their attempt(s) after the open time and they must complete their attempts before the close time.&lt;br /&gt;
** Time limit : If enabled, the time limit is stated on the initial quiz page and a countdown timer is displayed in the quiz navigation block. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring activities&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle adding activity auiz - 3.png|Add basic information about the activities&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle adding activity quiz - 4.png|Setting up display and submitting time&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once the all the settings has been filled out as required and saved, the activity will appear at the bottom of the section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can move any activity around in the course with the move buttons while in course edit mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle supports a range of different activities that allow a student add you to insert to any section. You can add interactive questions for the other students in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add questions by clicking on &amp;#039;Creating Question&amp;#039;, then select the type of question you are going to add into section from the list (for example: Multiple Question).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Creating Question&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Question bank 1.png|How to create a new Question&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Question bank 2.png|For the example we are framing ‘Multiple Choice Questions’ type.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Question bank 3.png|You can add the choices for the&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Question bank 4.png|Questions framed in the above screenshot.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Assignment&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; =====&lt;br /&gt;
Assignment helps course creators to give assignments to course participants. They can submit assignments in the form of text by typing in text editor or by they can upload their digitally created content. Creators can download the submissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How to add an ‘Activity or resource’&lt;br /&gt;
By enabling the ‘Turn editing ON’ we can add ‘activity or resource’ in the units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - How to add an activity or resource&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Adding activity to attendance 1.png|By enabling the ‘Turn editing ON’ we can add ‘activity or resource’ in the units&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring Assignment&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Assignment_0.png|Select assignment module from activities list&lt;br /&gt;
File:Assignment_1.png|Participants can upload their files here&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Forum&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; =====&lt;br /&gt;
Forum module helps course creators to allow participants discuss about course content, resources etc and share their collective knowledge. After a participant is subscribed for a course, he/she can take part in these forums.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring Forum&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Forum_0.png|Select Forum module from activities list&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Forum_1.png|Edit these menu options to suit course needs&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Also there is a control menu which enables users to participate in the forums with word count and attachment size. This will help maintain the course with optimum sized files. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Forum_2.png|center|thumb|500x500px|Choose attachment size for files to be uploaded ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Questionnaire&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; =====&lt;br /&gt;
Questionnaire module will help course creators to give quizzes, data collection etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a questionnaire, click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add an activity/resource&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and select Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring Questionnaire&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Questionnaire_0.png|Select Questionnaire module from activities list&lt;br /&gt;
File:Questionnaire_1.png|Edit these menu options to suit course needs&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can control response actions and also activity completion which gives more control to the creator/moderators.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring Questionnaire&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Questionnaire_2.png|Helps to design responses better&lt;br /&gt;
File:Questionnaire_3.png|Deadlines also can be set from these menu&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After you finish configuring your questionnaire, click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;save and display&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to show the questionnaire or click on save and return to the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Tracking attendance =====&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Attendance&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; module is designed for &amp;#039;&amp;#039;teachers to be able take attendance&amp;#039;&amp;#039; during class, and for &amp;#039;&amp;#039;students to be able to view their own attendance record&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A teacher can mark the attendance status of a student as &amp;quot;Present&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Absent&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Late&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;Excused&amp;quot;. These status descriptions are configurable, and more can be added. The teacher adds Attendance as an activity of a course, and then sets up the sessions whose attendance is to be tracked. To create course attendance go to any section and click an &amp;quot;Add an activity or resource&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Adding Attendance for the course&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Adding attendance.png|Select attendance option from the list&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Adding attendance - 2 .png| Configuring group &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the general section, Enter all the common details like Name of the attendance and description about the attendance (if you have).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Discussion forum activity =====&lt;br /&gt;
The forum activity allows students and teachers to exchange ideas by having discussions on any topic. Any teacher or student registered for the course can post comments, to initiate a new topic, or respond to available discussions on any topic. The discussions for a topic are automatically shown as as part of a &amp;#039;thread&amp;#039; by Moodle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several forum types to choose from, such as a standard forum where anyone can start a new discussion at any time; a forum where each student can post exactly one discussion; or a question and answer forum where students must first post before being able to view other students&amp;#039; posts. A teacher can allow files to be attached to forum posts. Any images attached  in the forum post are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Discussion forums have many uses, such as&lt;br /&gt;
* A social space for students to get to know each other&lt;br /&gt;
* For course announcements (using a news forum with forced subscription, where only faculty can post)&lt;br /&gt;
* For discussing course content or reading materials&lt;br /&gt;
* For continuing on-line an issue raised previously in a face-to-face session&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
To add discussion topic click on the add &amp;quot;an activity or resource&amp;quot; option and select forum option from the activities list.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle discussion topics 1.png|Enter the discussion topic and summary&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle discussion topics 2.png|Restricting attachment size and text length&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the &amp;quot;general&amp;quot; section type your discussion topic and under the &amp;quot;attachments and word count&amp;quot; you can limit the size of the attachment and word counts and number of attachments etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you completes the editing, click on &amp;quot;Save and display&amp;quot; to display third discussion thread under your selected section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students can start replying to a topic / discussion by simply clicking on the &amp;#039;reply&amp;#039; option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Advanced Activities ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Lesson &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2.Workshop &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Multi-lingual offering of courses ====&lt;br /&gt;
The multi-language content filter enables resources to be created in multiple languages. Moodle by default language will be in English and for running any local languages, language packages need to install in your server (This will be done by your web admin).&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Moodle Multi-lingual.png|none|thumb|600x600px|Use the Moodle in multi-language model]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Login to your course and on the top right side of the screen you can select the language which you want see your course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Adding content in the course page =====&lt;br /&gt;
For adding other language content into any section, after you enable the editing option and select click on edit -&amp;gt; edit topic.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Moodle mult-lingual content .png|left|thumb|500x500px|Adding content in multiple language]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the section open with edit option, for adding Kannada  text in to the section just add &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;{mlang kn}&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (&amp;#039;kn&amp;#039; means Kannada, replace this with your language) before your text began and at the end of your text just add &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;{mlang}&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. follow the same steps for any other language which is already installed in your moodle server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====How to add a new course====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a faculty wants to add/create a ‘New course’ to the Moodle page below are the steps.&lt;br /&gt;
    1. Teacher’s Dashboard ►Site administration ►Courses ►Manage courses &amp;amp; categories►Create a new course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;700px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - How to add a new course&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:How to add a new course in Moodle.png|Steps on how to add a new course&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Student view in Moodle ===&lt;br /&gt;
This page will help you to navigate around your course as student. Once faculty enrol you to a course, you can browse all the the course content from the moodle site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Student/User information ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Student login page&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:1. Edit profile - moodle.png|Home page of student account&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Most courses will allow the student to see profile of the login user from the top right side. This block will allow the student to see information about themselves in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Course navigation ====&lt;br /&gt;
In the main page, you can see the two columns: Navigation, Course contents with course sections and news, and upcoming events. You need to click on each tab to see more information.[[File:2. Course lists.png|thumb|See the list of course you are registered|none]] Once you click on the course, The course will open and from the left side course navigation option, directly you can go to any section in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://youtu.be/TPRHv0-_Ebg Click here] to see the tutorial on how access course content from moodle mobile app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Participating in activities ====&lt;br /&gt;
Under every section of the courses, faculty will give some activities to be completed by students. Activities may be quizzes, assignments, checklists and also discussion topics. Click on the activity to participate in it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Participating in assignments activity =====&lt;br /&gt;
If the activity is assignments, you have click on the title of the activity to read the full assignment and click on &amp;quot;add submission&amp;quot; it will open &amp;quot;online text section&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;file submission&amp;quot; sections, under online text section directly you can give text input of your assignment. In file submission section you can upload any files like images, text files, audio’s etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;450px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle – Uploading the assignment&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Gif to upload Assignment in Moodle.gif|This is how you can upload assignment through &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Moodle App&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Participate in discussion forum =====&lt;br /&gt;
Under the first general section you have to click on the  &amp;quot;General discussion forum for faculty and students&amp;quot; link to see all the discussion topics. To reply to any topic, click on the topic and type your reply by clicking on the reply link under others replies. Under every reply text input box, also it will allow you to upload your files if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Participate in the discussion topics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:3. Course assignments Moodle .png|&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Participating in assignment activity.png|&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition to the existing topic, you can create new discussion topic by clicking on &amp;quot;Add a new discussion topic&amp;quot;. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Also, [https://youtu.be/rRaNAdpPJFY click here] to see the video tutorial on how to participate in discussion forum in mobile app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Participating in assignments activity&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:3. Course assignments Moodle 2 .png| Participate in assignment activity&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Assignment submission.png |Online text input section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Assignment submission 2.png | File submission section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In this course you can upload upto sizes 500KB file as assignment, If you want to upload files which is more than 500KB, you can [[Learn Google Drive|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;use google drive&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]] to upload your file and give the link here under online text input section. Once you finish your inputs click on &amp;quot;Save changes&amp;quot; to submit your assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note : - If you want submit any of the video you have created, use [[Learn Youtube|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Youtube&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]] to upload it and give the video link under online text input section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://youtu.be/MBfFEuWCX20 &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Click here&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;] to see video about assignment submission on moodle mobile app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== How the student can access the resource ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The students can access the resources which is posted by the teacher &amp;amp; is given permission for downloading to the students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle – Accessing the resource&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Student accessing the resource 1.png|In the above screenshot we are trying to download a file which is uploaded by the teacher for the student.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Student accessing the resource 2.png|Here in the above screenshot, we can download a whole folder which is uploaded &amp;amp; given access to download for the students.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Install Moodle app on your phone===&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle is a free application and it is available for smart phone, download Moodle from [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.moodle.moodlemobile&amp;amp;hl=en_IN google play store].&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* After downloading the &amp;quot;Application&amp;quot; just we need to follow the steps &amp;amp; install the Moodle App in our smartphone.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* When the installation is complete login to the &amp;quot;App&amp;quot; through the &amp;quot;Moodle ID&amp;quot; &amp;amp; &amp;quot;Password&amp;quot; provided.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Advanced features ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Tracking activities of students&lt;br /&gt;
# Tracking assessments and grading assessments&lt;br /&gt;
# Quizzes for ongoing assessment&lt;br /&gt;
# Event tracking using calendar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reference ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://moodle.org/ Moodle]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://docs.moodle.org/34/en/Main_page Moodle handout]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bharath</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:How_to_add_a_new_course_in_Moodle.png&amp;diff=10559</id>
		<title>File:How to add a new course in Moodle.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=File:How_to_add_a_new_course_in_Moodle.png&amp;diff=10559"/>
		<updated>2020-06-19T09:00:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bharath: Bharath uploaded a new version of File:How to add a new course in Moodle.png&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Information&lt;br /&gt;
|Description    ={{en|1=Learn Moodle}}&lt;br /&gt;
|Source         =Screenshot on how to add a new course by a teacher&lt;br /&gt;
|Author         =IT for Change&lt;br /&gt;
|Date           =12-05-2020&lt;br /&gt;
|Name           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Alt_names           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Teaches           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Based_on_url           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Requires           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Assessment           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Time_required           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_Telugu           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Tags_English           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Translation_of           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Adaptationup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Contributorup           =&lt;br /&gt;
|Permission     =&lt;br /&gt;
|other_versions =&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{cc-by-sa-4.0}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bharath</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Moodle&amp;diff=10558</id>
		<title>Learn Moodle</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Moodle&amp;diff=10558"/>
		<updated>2020-06-19T08:58:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bharath: /* Questionnaire */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/ಮೂಡಲ್‌_ಕಲಿಯಿರಿ ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Basic information ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT Competency&lt;br /&gt;
|Moodle is a learning management system (LMS) designed to provide educators, administrators and learners with a robust, secure and integrated system to create personalised and collaborative learning environments.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Educational application and relevance&lt;br /&gt;
|Moodle provides and on-line platform for collaborative learning. It empowers teachers to set-up courses, provide learning resources and activities for the course and assess learners. Teachers and learners can share ideas and experiences using the on-line discussion forums in Moodle. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Version&lt;br /&gt;
|Currently using 3.4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Other similar applications&lt;br /&gt;
|TalentLMS &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|The application on mobiles and tablets&lt;br /&gt;
|It is a web based application, and can be accessed through a browser on any device supporting browsing.&lt;br /&gt;
There is also an app which can be installed on mobiles. The Moodle app is available in Google Play Store. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Development and community help&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://docs.moodle.org/dev/Main_Page Moodle]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Working with Moodle ===&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle is a free and open Learning Management System (LMS). You can configure any number of courses on Moodle. You can categorise courses as required. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;350px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Dashboard options&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle home page.png|Options available in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we  can see in the above screenshot, Moodle displays &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Calendar of events&lt;br /&gt;
*Latest announcements&lt;br /&gt;
*How many online users has accessed Moodle platform&lt;br /&gt;
*If we expand the navigation, we can have a look at the courses we&amp;#039;re enrolled to.&lt;br /&gt;
*Trending random glossary entry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A course is a space on a Moodle site where teachers can add content (learning materials) and activities (pedagogy) for their students. A teacher may be a faculty for more than one course, a course may include more than one teacher and more than one group of learners.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Both teachers and students have to be &amp;#039;registered&amp;#039; for a course (as &amp;#039;teacher&amp;#039; or as &amp;#039;student&amp;#039;), this role configuration is done by the Moodle administrator. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== How to reset your Moodle ID password ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you forgot your Moodle ID or Password, we can reset by following the below steps in screenshots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Resetting your forgotten Moodle ID or Password&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Mobile App Forgot password Demo.jpeg|Resetting from Moodle App in smartphone&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Web browser forgot password.png|Click here if you have to reset your forgotten ID or password&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Webbrowser forgot password 1.png|Provide username or mail ID to reset&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Logging into Moodle course page ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can login to Moodle, through a phone Moodle app or through any web browser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Logging IN from Web browser=====&lt;br /&gt;
Click on your Moodle course link and click on the login to view or to edit the course . https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/lms/ to view a Moodle courses managed by Centre for Education and Technology, IT for Change.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Login to the course&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:1. Moodle login page.png|Moodle login screen&lt;br /&gt;
File:2. moodle - After login.png|Course home page&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you login, you can see the list of enrolled courses and you will see your login name on the top right corner of the screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Logging IN from Moodle app=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;450px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Login to the course&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Mobile App.jpeg|Moodle App login screen&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Moodle Home page ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Homepage 1.png|Pic 1 : Moodle LMS login page&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Homepage 2.png|Pic 2 : Username &amp;amp; Password&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Homepage 3.png|Pic 3 : User dashboard&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Homepage 4.png|Pic 4 : Courses enrolled to in thumbnail view&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Pic 1 :Homepage of https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/lms&lt;br /&gt;
* Pic 2 :Here we have to provide the Username/Moodle ID &amp;amp; Password&lt;br /&gt;
* Pic 3 :After the successful log IN to the account, on the left side of the screen we can find a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;DASHBOARD&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Pic 4 :We can see the Courses we&amp;#039;re enrolled in &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;THUMBNAIL&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; view also.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Faculty view in Moodle ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Editing sections====&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have a new blank course or once you enrolled as teacher for any course, you can start work on it by clicking the &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Turn editing on&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt; button on the top right side of your screen. Only faculty will have rights to edit the course contents, including adding resources and activities. This is not available for students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the &amp;#039;editing&amp;#039; option is turned &amp;#039;on&amp;#039;, each item on your course homepage and each section/block will display &amp;#039;edit&amp;#039; option, which will enable you to perform different functions such as edit/move/copy/delete/hide. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; In &amp;#039;&amp;#039;your theme the&amp;#039;&amp;#039; icons &amp;#039;&amp;#039;may be  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;different&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. However the functionality is the same for different themes of Moodle.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you click on edit - edit topics, it will take us to edit page (see the below screen shots).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - editing course content sections&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle - edit option 1.png|Click &amp;#039;edit sections&amp;#039; option to start editing section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle - edit option 2.png|Uncheck &amp;#039;Use default section name&amp;#039; for custom title name&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can embed your files like images or videos by dragging and dropping the file to the summary section. You can also adjust the size of the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Un-check &amp;quot;Use default section name&amp;quot; to give your custom heading for your section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start adding section summary under the summary box (you can copy paste from an existing text document also). Use the top &amp;#039;basic formatting&amp;#039; toolbar to format your text, you can &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;bold&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;italicise&amp;#039;&amp;#039; your text and perform basic text editing functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the restrict section, you can restrict the page to access as in the screen shot below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - editing course content sections&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle - edit - restrictions 3.png|Set restrictions to access the section&lt;br /&gt;
File:moodle add or remove sections.png|To add or remove sections&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have completed your editing and added the text, images, videos in the section, you should on click on &amp;quot;save changes&amp;quot; button to save your content under that section.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll to the bottom of the course main page and, below the last section, look for the small &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;+&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;-&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; icons (at right). Click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;plus&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;+&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;)/&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;minus(-)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to add and remove sections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Adding Resources ====&lt;br /&gt;
A resource is an item that a teacher can use to support learning, such as a file or web link. There are two ways you can add resources to the course page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Embedding the resource directly in the section =====&lt;br /&gt;
Web links can be provided directly in the section itself. You can give the link directly or &amp;#039;embed&amp;#039; the link to existing text (which will show as a hyper link). You can also embed images and videos directly on the section page, by providing the URL where the image or video file is stored in the Moodle (using the Insert -&amp;gt; Media option).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Editing the section&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle adding resources 1.png|Embedding the resource directly to the section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:To add hyperlink.png|Stages on how to link external link&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By selecting the words like highlighted in the above screenshot &amp;amp; clicking the ‘LINK’ symbol, one more ‘pop – window’ will appear where you can paste the website link for quick access while reading a particular paragraph, for the students.&lt;br /&gt;
Above is the screenshot on how to add the “hyperlink” to particular section of “TEXT” by adding the Moodle LMS hyperlink&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Adding resource to the section =====&lt;br /&gt;
To add a resources like files, folder, URLs or to create a book,  choose the section in your course homepage where you&amp;#039;d like it to appear and click on the &amp;quot;Add an activity or resource&amp;quot; available in that section and then select the type of resources you are going to add, from the drop down list. This can be any file you have, which you will upload to Moodle and provide as a resource in this section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you select any resource type from the list, click on &amp;#039;Add&amp;#039;. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the next dialogue box you have enter the required information. See the screen shot  below for details.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Adding resources into the sections&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle - adding file resources.png|Selecting a type of resources from the list&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Name : Type the name for your resources link, it will create a link which students will  click on to view the file. It will be helpful to give it a name that suggests its purpose / contents. &lt;br /&gt;
* Description : Add a description of your file here if required.&lt;br /&gt;
* Display description on the course page : If this box is ticked, the description will appear on the course page just below the name of the file. &lt;br /&gt;
* Select files : click on &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; and use the file picker to upload your file or drag and drop your file onto the arrow if you are using an appropriate browser. Here you can also create folder and add multiple resource files to a folder. You can use folders to categories files if you plan to provide  many of them for the section. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Adding resources into the sections&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle adding resources 2.png|Upload files under the select file section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle upload your resource - files.png|Browse your local file location&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once your browse the file then click on upload this file to upload to the page. Finally click on &amp;quot;save and display&amp;quot; to display your resources under the specified section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Adding Activities ====&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle supports a range of different activities types that allow you to insert to any section. You can add interactive exercises for your students.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a activities like quiz, discussion forum, attendances, forms and surveys turn on your editing by clicking on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Turn editing on&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;. Choose the section in your course homepage where you&amp;#039;d like it to appear and click on the &amp;quot;Add an activity or resource&amp;quot; then select the type of activities you are going to add into section from the list (for example: Quiz).&lt;br /&gt;
===== &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Quiz&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; =====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Adding activities&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle quiz activity_1.png|Select type of activity&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle configuring activity details.png|Configure your activity&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After select any activity which you are going to add it to the section (for example: quiz) then click on &amp;quot;add&amp;quot;. In the next dialog box will be a settings form for the activity like below. &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;General&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Name : Type the name for your activity link, it will create a link which students will  click on to view the file. It will be helpful to give it a name that suggests its purpose / contents. &lt;br /&gt;
** Description : Add a description of your file here if required.&lt;br /&gt;
** Display description on the course page : If this box is ticked, the description will appear on the course page just below the name of the file.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Timing&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Open the quiz and Close the quiz : Students can only start their attempt(s) after the open time and they must complete their attempts before the close time.&lt;br /&gt;
** Time limit : If enabled, the time limit is stated on the initial quiz page and a countdown timer is displayed in the quiz navigation block. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring activities&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle adding activity auiz - 3.png|Add basic information about the activities&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle adding activity quiz - 4.png|Setting up display and submitting time&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once the all the settings has been filled out as required and saved, the activity will appear at the bottom of the section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can move any activity around in the course with the move buttons while in course edit mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle supports a range of different activities that allow a student add you to insert to any section. You can add interactive questions for the other students in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add questions by clicking on &amp;#039;Creating Question&amp;#039;, then select the type of question you are going to add into section from the list (for example: Multiple Question).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Creating Question&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Question bank 1.png|How to create a new Question&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Question bank 2.png|For the example we are framing ‘Multiple Choice Questions’ type.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Question bank 3.png|You can add the choices for the&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Question bank 4.png|Questions framed in the above screenshot.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Assignment&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; =====&lt;br /&gt;
Assignment helps course creators to give assignments to course participants. They can submit assignments in the form of text by typing in text editor or by they can upload their digitally created content. Creators can download the submissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How to add an ‘Activity or resource’&lt;br /&gt;
By enabling the ‘Turn editing ON’ we can add ‘activity or resource’ in the units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - How to add an activity or resource&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Adding activity to attendance 1.png|By enabling the ‘Turn editing ON’ we can add ‘activity or resource’ in the units&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring Assignment&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Assignment_0.png|Select assignment module from activities list&lt;br /&gt;
File:Assignment_1.png|Participants can upload their files here&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Forum&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; =====&lt;br /&gt;
Forum module helps course creators to allow participants discuss about course content, resources etc and share their collective knowledge. After a participant is subscribed for a course, he/she can take part in these forums.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring Forum&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Forum_0.png|Select Forum module from activities list&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Forum_1.png|Edit these menu options to suit course needs&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Also there is a control menu which enables users to participate in the forums with word count and attachment size. This will help maintain the course with optimum sized files. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Forum_2.png|center|thumb|500x500px|Choose attachment size for files to be uploaded ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Questionnaire&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; =====&lt;br /&gt;
Questionnaire module will help course creators to give quizzes, data collection etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a questionnaire, click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add an activity/resource&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and select Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring Questionnaire&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Questionnaire_0.png|Select Questionnaire module from activities list&lt;br /&gt;
File:Questionnaire_1.png|Edit these menu options to suit course needs&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can control response actions and also activity completion which gives more control to the creator/moderators.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring Questionnaire&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Questionnaire_2.png|Helps to design responses better&lt;br /&gt;
File:Questionnaire_3.png|Deadlines also can be set from these menu&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After you finish configuring your questionnaire, click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;save and display&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to show the questionnaire or click on save and return to the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Tracking attendance =====&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Attendance&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; module is designed for &amp;#039;&amp;#039;teachers to be able take attendance&amp;#039;&amp;#039; during class, and for &amp;#039;&amp;#039;students to be able to view their own attendance record&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A teacher can mark the attendance status of a student as &amp;quot;Present&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Absent&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Late&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;Excused&amp;quot;. These status descriptions are configurable, and more can be added. The teacher adds Attendance as an activity of a course, and then sets up the sessions whose attendance is to be tracked. To create course attendance go to any section and click an &amp;quot;Add an activity or resource&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Adding Attendance for the course&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Adding attendance.png|Select attendance option from the list&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Adding attendance - 2 .png| Configuring group &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the general section, Enter all the common details like Name of the attendance and description about the attendance (if you have).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Discussion forum activity =====&lt;br /&gt;
The forum activity allows students and teachers to exchange ideas by having discussions on any topic. Any teacher or student registered for the course can post comments, to initiate a new topic, or respond to available discussions on any topic. The discussions for a topic are automatically shown as as part of a &amp;#039;thread&amp;#039; by Moodle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several forum types to choose from, such as a standard forum where anyone can start a new discussion at any time; a forum where each student can post exactly one discussion; or a question and answer forum where students must first post before being able to view other students&amp;#039; posts. A teacher can allow files to be attached to forum posts. Any images attached  in the forum post are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Discussion forums have many uses, such as&lt;br /&gt;
* A social space for students to get to know each other&lt;br /&gt;
* For course announcements (using a news forum with forced subscription, where only faculty can post)&lt;br /&gt;
* For discussing course content or reading materials&lt;br /&gt;
* For continuing on-line an issue raised previously in a face-to-face session&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
To add discussion topic click on the add &amp;quot;an activity or resource&amp;quot; option and select forum option from the activities list.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle discussion topics 1.png|Enter the discussion topic and summary&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle discussion topics 2.png|Restricting attachment size and text length&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the &amp;quot;general&amp;quot; section type your discussion topic and under the &amp;quot;attachments and word count&amp;quot; you can limit the size of the attachment and word counts and number of attachments etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you completes the editing, click on &amp;quot;Save and display&amp;quot; to display third discussion thread under your selected section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students can start replying to a topic / discussion by simply clicking on the &amp;#039;reply&amp;#039; option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Advanced Activities ====&lt;br /&gt;
1.Check list &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2.Chat &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3.Lesson &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4.Workshop &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Multi-lingual offering of courses ====&lt;br /&gt;
The multi-language content filter enables resources to be created in multiple languages. Moodle by default language will be in English and for running any local languages, language packages need to install in your server (This will be done by your web admin).&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Moodle Multi-lingual.png|none|thumb|600x600px|Use the Moodle in multi-language model]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Login to your course and on the top right side of the screen you can select the language which you want see your course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Adding content in the course page =====&lt;br /&gt;
For adding other language content into any section, after you enable the editing option and select click on edit -&amp;gt; edit topic.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Moodle mult-lingual content .png|left|thumb|500x500px|Adding content in multiple language]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the section open with edit option, for adding Kannada  text in to the section just add &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;{mlang kn}&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (&amp;#039;kn&amp;#039; means Kannada, replace this with your language) before your text began and at the end of your text just add &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;{mlang}&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. follow the same steps for any other language which is already installed in your moodle server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====How to add a new course====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a faculty wants to add/create a ‘New course’ to the Moodle page below are the steps.&lt;br /&gt;
    1. Teacher’s Dashboard ►Site administration ►Courses ►Manage courses &amp;amp; categories►Create a new course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;700px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - How to add a new course&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:How to add a new course in Moodle.png|Steps on how to add a new course&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Student view in Moodle ===&lt;br /&gt;
This page will help you to navigate around your course as student. Once faculty enrol you to a course, you can browse all the the course content from the moodle site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Student/User information ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Student login page&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:1. Edit profile - moodle.png|Home page of student account&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Most courses will allow the student to see profile of the login user from the top right side. This block will allow the student to see information about themselves in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Course navigation ====&lt;br /&gt;
In the main page, you can see the two columns: Navigation, Course contents with course sections and news, and upcoming events. You need to click on each tab to see more information.[[File:2. Course lists.png|thumb|See the list of course you are registered|none]] Once you click on the course, The course will open and from the left side course navigation option, directly you can go to any section in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://youtu.be/TPRHv0-_Ebg Click here] to see the tutorial on how access course content from moodle mobile app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Participating in activities ====&lt;br /&gt;
Under every section of the courses, faculty will give some activities to be completed by students. Activities may be quizzes, assignments, checklists and also discussion topics. Click on the activity to participate in it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Participating in assignments activity =====&lt;br /&gt;
If the activity is assignments, you have click on the title of the activity to read the full assignment and click on &amp;quot;add submission&amp;quot; it will open &amp;quot;online text section&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;file submission&amp;quot; sections, under online text section directly you can give text input of your assignment. In file submission section you can upload any files like images, text files, audio’s etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;450px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle – Uploading the assignment&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Gif to upload Assignment in Moodle.gif|This is how you can upload assignment through &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Moodle App&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Participate in discussion forum =====&lt;br /&gt;
Under the first general section you have to click on the  &amp;quot;General discussion forum for faculty and students&amp;quot; link to see all the discussion topics. To reply to any topic, click on the topic and type your reply by clicking on the reply link under others replies. Under every reply text input box, also it will allow you to upload your files if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Participate in the discussion topics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:3. Course assignments Moodle .png|&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Participating in assignment activity.png|&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition to the existing topic, you can create new discussion topic by clicking on &amp;quot;Add a new discussion topic&amp;quot;. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Also, [https://youtu.be/rRaNAdpPJFY click here] to see the video tutorial on how to participate in discussion forum in mobile app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Participating in assignments activity&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:3. Course assignments Moodle 2 .png| Participate in assignment activity&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Assignment submission.png |Online text input section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Assignment submission 2.png | File submission section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In this course you can upload upto sizes 500KB file as assignment, If you want to upload files which is more than 500KB, you can [[Learn Google Drive|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;use google drive&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]] to upload your file and give the link here under online text input section. Once you finish your inputs click on &amp;quot;Save changes&amp;quot; to submit your assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note : - If you want submit any of the video you have created, use [[Learn Youtube|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Youtube&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]] to upload it and give the video link under online text input section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://youtu.be/MBfFEuWCX20 &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Click here&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;] to see video about assignment submission on moodle mobile app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== How the student can access the resource ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The students can access the resources which is posted by the teacher &amp;amp; is given permission for downloading to the students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle – Accessing the resource&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Student accessing the resource 1.png|In the above screenshot we are trying to download a file which is uploaded by the teacher for the student.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Student accessing the resource 2.png|Here in the above screenshot, we can download a whole folder which is uploaded &amp;amp; given access to download for the students.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Install Moodle app on your phone===&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle is a free application and it is available for smart phone, download Moodle from [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.moodle.moodlemobile&amp;amp;hl=en_IN google play store].&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* After downloading the &amp;quot;Application&amp;quot; just we need to follow the steps &amp;amp; install the Moodle App in our smartphone.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* When the installation is complete login to the &amp;quot;App&amp;quot; through the &amp;quot;Moodle ID&amp;quot; &amp;amp; &amp;quot;Password&amp;quot; provided.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Advanced features ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Tracking activities of students&lt;br /&gt;
# Tracking assessments and grading assessments&lt;br /&gt;
# Quizzes for ongoing assessment&lt;br /&gt;
# Event tracking using calendar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reference ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://moodle.org/ Moodle]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://docs.moodle.org/34/en/Main_page Moodle handout]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bharath</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Moodle&amp;diff=10557</id>
		<title>Learn Moodle</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Moodle&amp;diff=10557"/>
		<updated>2020-06-19T08:57:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bharath: /* Forum */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/ಮೂಡಲ್‌_ಕಲಿಯಿರಿ ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Basic information ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT Competency&lt;br /&gt;
|Moodle is a learning management system (LMS) designed to provide educators, administrators and learners with a robust, secure and integrated system to create personalised and collaborative learning environments.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Educational application and relevance&lt;br /&gt;
|Moodle provides and on-line platform for collaborative learning. It empowers teachers to set-up courses, provide learning resources and activities for the course and assess learners. Teachers and learners can share ideas and experiences using the on-line discussion forums in Moodle. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Version&lt;br /&gt;
|Currently using 3.4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Other similar applications&lt;br /&gt;
|TalentLMS &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|The application on mobiles and tablets&lt;br /&gt;
|It is a web based application, and can be accessed through a browser on any device supporting browsing.&lt;br /&gt;
There is also an app which can be installed on mobiles. The Moodle app is available in Google Play Store. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Development and community help&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://docs.moodle.org/dev/Main_Page Moodle]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Working with Moodle ===&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle is a free and open Learning Management System (LMS). You can configure any number of courses on Moodle. You can categorise courses as required. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;350px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Dashboard options&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle home page.png|Options available in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we  can see in the above screenshot, Moodle displays &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Calendar of events&lt;br /&gt;
*Latest announcements&lt;br /&gt;
*How many online users has accessed Moodle platform&lt;br /&gt;
*If we expand the navigation, we can have a look at the courses we&amp;#039;re enrolled to.&lt;br /&gt;
*Trending random glossary entry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A course is a space on a Moodle site where teachers can add content (learning materials) and activities (pedagogy) for their students. A teacher may be a faculty for more than one course, a course may include more than one teacher and more than one group of learners.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Both teachers and students have to be &amp;#039;registered&amp;#039; for a course (as &amp;#039;teacher&amp;#039; or as &amp;#039;student&amp;#039;), this role configuration is done by the Moodle administrator. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== How to reset your Moodle ID password ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you forgot your Moodle ID or Password, we can reset by following the below steps in screenshots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Resetting your forgotten Moodle ID or Password&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Mobile App Forgot password Demo.jpeg|Resetting from Moodle App in smartphone&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Web browser forgot password.png|Click here if you have to reset your forgotten ID or password&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Webbrowser forgot password 1.png|Provide username or mail ID to reset&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Logging into Moodle course page ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can login to Moodle, through a phone Moodle app or through any web browser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Logging IN from Web browser=====&lt;br /&gt;
Click on your Moodle course link and click on the login to view or to edit the course . https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/lms/ to view a Moodle courses managed by Centre for Education and Technology, IT for Change.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Login to the course&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:1. Moodle login page.png|Moodle login screen&lt;br /&gt;
File:2. moodle - After login.png|Course home page&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you login, you can see the list of enrolled courses and you will see your login name on the top right corner of the screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Logging IN from Moodle app=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;450px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Login to the course&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Mobile App.jpeg|Moodle App login screen&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Moodle Home page ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Homepage 1.png|Pic 1 : Moodle LMS login page&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Homepage 2.png|Pic 2 : Username &amp;amp; Password&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Homepage 3.png|Pic 3 : User dashboard&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Homepage 4.png|Pic 4 : Courses enrolled to in thumbnail view&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Pic 1 :Homepage of https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/lms&lt;br /&gt;
* Pic 2 :Here we have to provide the Username/Moodle ID &amp;amp; Password&lt;br /&gt;
* Pic 3 :After the successful log IN to the account, on the left side of the screen we can find a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;DASHBOARD&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Pic 4 :We can see the Courses we&amp;#039;re enrolled in &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;THUMBNAIL&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; view also.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Faculty view in Moodle ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Editing sections====&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have a new blank course or once you enrolled as teacher for any course, you can start work on it by clicking the &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Turn editing on&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt; button on the top right side of your screen. Only faculty will have rights to edit the course contents, including adding resources and activities. This is not available for students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the &amp;#039;editing&amp;#039; option is turned &amp;#039;on&amp;#039;, each item on your course homepage and each section/block will display &amp;#039;edit&amp;#039; option, which will enable you to perform different functions such as edit/move/copy/delete/hide. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; In &amp;#039;&amp;#039;your theme the&amp;#039;&amp;#039; icons &amp;#039;&amp;#039;may be  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;different&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. However the functionality is the same for different themes of Moodle.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you click on edit - edit topics, it will take us to edit page (see the below screen shots).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - editing course content sections&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle - edit option 1.png|Click &amp;#039;edit sections&amp;#039; option to start editing section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle - edit option 2.png|Uncheck &amp;#039;Use default section name&amp;#039; for custom title name&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can embed your files like images or videos by dragging and dropping the file to the summary section. You can also adjust the size of the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Un-check &amp;quot;Use default section name&amp;quot; to give your custom heading for your section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start adding section summary under the summary box (you can copy paste from an existing text document also). Use the top &amp;#039;basic formatting&amp;#039; toolbar to format your text, you can &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;bold&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;italicise&amp;#039;&amp;#039; your text and perform basic text editing functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the restrict section, you can restrict the page to access as in the screen shot below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - editing course content sections&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle - edit - restrictions 3.png|Set restrictions to access the section&lt;br /&gt;
File:moodle add or remove sections.png|To add or remove sections&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have completed your editing and added the text, images, videos in the section, you should on click on &amp;quot;save changes&amp;quot; button to save your content under that section.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll to the bottom of the course main page and, below the last section, look for the small &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;+&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;-&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; icons (at right). Click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;plus&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;+&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;)/&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;minus(-)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to add and remove sections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Adding Resources ====&lt;br /&gt;
A resource is an item that a teacher can use to support learning, such as a file or web link. There are two ways you can add resources to the course page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Embedding the resource directly in the section =====&lt;br /&gt;
Web links can be provided directly in the section itself. You can give the link directly or &amp;#039;embed&amp;#039; the link to existing text (which will show as a hyper link). You can also embed images and videos directly on the section page, by providing the URL where the image or video file is stored in the Moodle (using the Insert -&amp;gt; Media option).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Editing the section&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle adding resources 1.png|Embedding the resource directly to the section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:To add hyperlink.png|Stages on how to link external link&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By selecting the words like highlighted in the above screenshot &amp;amp; clicking the ‘LINK’ symbol, one more ‘pop – window’ will appear where you can paste the website link for quick access while reading a particular paragraph, for the students.&lt;br /&gt;
Above is the screenshot on how to add the “hyperlink” to particular section of “TEXT” by adding the Moodle LMS hyperlink&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Adding resource to the section =====&lt;br /&gt;
To add a resources like files, folder, URLs or to create a book,  choose the section in your course homepage where you&amp;#039;d like it to appear and click on the &amp;quot;Add an activity or resource&amp;quot; available in that section and then select the type of resources you are going to add, from the drop down list. This can be any file you have, which you will upload to Moodle and provide as a resource in this section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you select any resource type from the list, click on &amp;#039;Add&amp;#039;. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the next dialogue box you have enter the required information. See the screen shot  below for details.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Adding resources into the sections&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle - adding file resources.png|Selecting a type of resources from the list&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Name : Type the name for your resources link, it will create a link which students will  click on to view the file. It will be helpful to give it a name that suggests its purpose / contents. &lt;br /&gt;
* Description : Add a description of your file here if required.&lt;br /&gt;
* Display description on the course page : If this box is ticked, the description will appear on the course page just below the name of the file. &lt;br /&gt;
* Select files : click on &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; and use the file picker to upload your file or drag and drop your file onto the arrow if you are using an appropriate browser. Here you can also create folder and add multiple resource files to a folder. You can use folders to categories files if you plan to provide  many of them for the section. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Adding resources into the sections&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle adding resources 2.png|Upload files under the select file section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle upload your resource - files.png|Browse your local file location&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once your browse the file then click on upload this file to upload to the page. Finally click on &amp;quot;save and display&amp;quot; to display your resources under the specified section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Adding Activities ====&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle supports a range of different activities types that allow you to insert to any section. You can add interactive exercises for your students.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a activities like quiz, discussion forum, attendances, forms and surveys turn on your editing by clicking on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Turn editing on&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;. Choose the section in your course homepage where you&amp;#039;d like it to appear and click on the &amp;quot;Add an activity or resource&amp;quot; then select the type of activities you are going to add into section from the list (for example: Quiz).&lt;br /&gt;
===== &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Quiz&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; =====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Adding activities&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle quiz activity_1.png|Select type of activity&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle configuring activity details.png|Configure your activity&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After select any activity which you are going to add it to the section (for example: quiz) then click on &amp;quot;add&amp;quot;. In the next dialog box will be a settings form for the activity like below. &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;General&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Name : Type the name for your activity link, it will create a link which students will  click on to view the file. It will be helpful to give it a name that suggests its purpose / contents. &lt;br /&gt;
** Description : Add a description of your file here if required.&lt;br /&gt;
** Display description on the course page : If this box is ticked, the description will appear on the course page just below the name of the file.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Timing&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Open the quiz and Close the quiz : Students can only start their attempt(s) after the open time and they must complete their attempts before the close time.&lt;br /&gt;
** Time limit : If enabled, the time limit is stated on the initial quiz page and a countdown timer is displayed in the quiz navigation block. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring activities&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle adding activity auiz - 3.png|Add basic information about the activities&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle adding activity quiz - 4.png|Setting up display and submitting time&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once the all the settings has been filled out as required and saved, the activity will appear at the bottom of the section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can move any activity around in the course with the move buttons while in course edit mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle supports a range of different activities that allow a student add you to insert to any section. You can add interactive questions for the other students in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add questions by clicking on &amp;#039;Creating Question&amp;#039;, then select the type of question you are going to add into section from the list (for example: Multiple Question).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Creating Question&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Question bank 1.png|How to create a new Question&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Question bank 2.png|For the example we are framing ‘Multiple Choice Questions’ type.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Question bank 3.png|You can add the choices for the&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Question bank 4.png|Questions framed in the above screenshot.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Assignment&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; =====&lt;br /&gt;
Assignment helps course creators to give assignments to course participants. They can submit assignments in the form of text by typing in text editor or by they can upload their digitally created content. Creators can download the submissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How to add an ‘Activity or resource’&lt;br /&gt;
By enabling the ‘Turn editing ON’ we can add ‘activity or resource’ in the units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - How to add an activity or resource&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Adding activity to attendance 1.png|By enabling the ‘Turn editing ON’ we can add ‘activity or resource’ in the units&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring Assignment&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Assignment_0.png|Select assignment module from activities list&lt;br /&gt;
File:Assignment_1.png|Participants can upload their files here&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Forum&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; =====&lt;br /&gt;
Forum module helps course creators to allow participants discuss about course content, resources etc and share their collective knowledge. After a participant is subscribed for a course, he/she can take part in these forums.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring Forum&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Forum_0.png|Select Forum module from activities list&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Forum_1.png|Edit these menu options to suit course needs&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Also there is a control menu which enables users to participate in the forums with word count and attachment size. This will help maintain the course with optimum sized files. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Forum_2.png|center|thumb|500x500px|Choose attachment size for files to be uploaded ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Questionnaire&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; =====&lt;br /&gt;
Questionnaire module will help course creators to give quizzes, data collection etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a questionnaire, click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add an activity/resource&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and select Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring Questionnaire&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Questionnaire_0.png|Select Questionnaire module from activities list&lt;br /&gt;
File:Questionnaire_1.png|Edit these menu options to suit course needs&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can control response actions and also activity completion which gives more control to the creator/moderators.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring Questionnaire&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Questionnaire_2.png|Helps to design responses better&lt;br /&gt;
File:Questionnaire_3.png|Deadlines also can be set from these menu&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After you finish configuring your questionnaire, click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;save and display&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to show the questionnaire or click on save and return to the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Tracking attendance =====&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Attendance&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; module is designed for &amp;#039;&amp;#039;teachers to be able take attendance&amp;#039;&amp;#039; during class, and for &amp;#039;&amp;#039;students to be able to view their own attendance record&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A teacher can mark the attendance status of a student as &amp;quot;Present&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Absent&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Late&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;Excused&amp;quot;. These status descriptions are configurable, and more can be added. The teacher adds Attendance as an activity of a course, and then sets up the sessions whose attendance is to be tracked. To create course attendance go to any section and click an &amp;quot;Add an activity or resource&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Adding Attendance for the course&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Adding attendance.png|Select attendance option from the list&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Adding attendance - 2 .png| Configuring group &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the general section, Enter all the common details like Name of the attendance and description about the attendance (if you have).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Discussion forum activity =====&lt;br /&gt;
The forum activity allows students and teachers to exchange ideas by having discussions on any topic. Any teacher or student registered for the course can post comments, to initiate a new topic, or respond to available discussions on any topic. The discussions for a topic are automatically shown as as part of a &amp;#039;thread&amp;#039; by Moodle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several forum types to choose from, such as a standard forum where anyone can start a new discussion at any time; a forum where each student can post exactly one discussion; or a question and answer forum where students must first post before being able to view other students&amp;#039; posts. A teacher can allow files to be attached to forum posts. Any images attached  in the forum post are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Discussion forums have many uses, such as&lt;br /&gt;
* A social space for students to get to know each other&lt;br /&gt;
* For course announcements (using a news forum with forced subscription, where only faculty can post)&lt;br /&gt;
* For discussing course content or reading materials&lt;br /&gt;
* For continuing on-line an issue raised previously in a face-to-face session&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
To add discussion topic click on the add &amp;quot;an activity or resource&amp;quot; option and select forum option from the activities list.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle discussion topics 1.png|Enter the discussion topic and summary&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle discussion topics 2.png|Restricting attachment size and text length&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the &amp;quot;general&amp;quot; section type your discussion topic and under the &amp;quot;attachments and word count&amp;quot; you can limit the size of the attachment and word counts and number of attachments etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you completes the editing, click on &amp;quot;Save and display&amp;quot; to display third discussion thread under your selected section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students can start replying to a topic / discussion by simply clicking on the &amp;#039;reply&amp;#039; option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Advanced Activities ====&lt;br /&gt;
1.Check list &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2.Chat &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3.Lesson &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4.Workshop &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Multi-lingual offering of courses ====&lt;br /&gt;
The multi-language content filter enables resources to be created in multiple languages. Moodle by default language will be in English and for running any local languages, language packages need to install in your server (This will be done by your web admin).&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Moodle Multi-lingual.png|none|thumb|600x600px|Use the Moodle in multi-language model]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Login to your course and on the top right side of the screen you can select the language which you want see your course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Adding content in the course page =====&lt;br /&gt;
For adding other language content into any section, after you enable the editing option and select click on edit -&amp;gt; edit topic.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Moodle mult-lingual content .png|left|thumb|500x500px|Adding content in multiple language]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the section open with edit option, for adding Kannada  text in to the section just add &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;{mlang kn}&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (&amp;#039;kn&amp;#039; means Kannada, replace this with your language) before your text began and at the end of your text just add &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;{mlang}&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. follow the same steps for any other language which is already installed in your moodle server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====How to add a new course====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a faculty wants to add/create a ‘New course’ to the Moodle page below are the steps.&lt;br /&gt;
    1. Teacher’s Dashboard ►Site administration ►Courses ►Manage courses &amp;amp; categories►Create a new course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;700px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - How to add a new course&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:How to add a new course in Moodle.png|Steps on how to add a new course&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Student view in Moodle ===&lt;br /&gt;
This page will help you to navigate around your course as student. Once faculty enrol you to a course, you can browse all the the course content from the moodle site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Student/User information ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Student login page&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:1. Edit profile - moodle.png|Home page of student account&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Most courses will allow the student to see profile of the login user from the top right side. This block will allow the student to see information about themselves in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Course navigation ====&lt;br /&gt;
In the main page, you can see the two columns: Navigation, Course contents with course sections and news, and upcoming events. You need to click on each tab to see more information.[[File:2. Course lists.png|thumb|See the list of course you are registered|none]] Once you click on the course, The course will open and from the left side course navigation option, directly you can go to any section in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://youtu.be/TPRHv0-_Ebg Click here] to see the tutorial on how access course content from moodle mobile app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Participating in activities ====&lt;br /&gt;
Under every section of the courses, faculty will give some activities to be completed by students. Activities may be quizzes, assignments, checklists and also discussion topics. Click on the activity to participate in it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Participating in assignments activity =====&lt;br /&gt;
If the activity is assignments, you have click on the title of the activity to read the full assignment and click on &amp;quot;add submission&amp;quot; it will open &amp;quot;online text section&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;file submission&amp;quot; sections, under online text section directly you can give text input of your assignment. In file submission section you can upload any files like images, text files, audio’s etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;450px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle – Uploading the assignment&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Gif to upload Assignment in Moodle.gif|This is how you can upload assignment through &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Moodle App&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Participate in discussion forum =====&lt;br /&gt;
Under the first general section you have to click on the  &amp;quot;General discussion forum for faculty and students&amp;quot; link to see all the discussion topics. To reply to any topic, click on the topic and type your reply by clicking on the reply link under others replies. Under every reply text input box, also it will allow you to upload your files if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Participate in the discussion topics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:3. Course assignments Moodle .png|&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Participating in assignment activity.png|&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition to the existing topic, you can create new discussion topic by clicking on &amp;quot;Add a new discussion topic&amp;quot;. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Also, [https://youtu.be/rRaNAdpPJFY click here] to see the video tutorial on how to participate in discussion forum in mobile app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Participating in assignments activity&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:3. Course assignments Moodle 2 .png| Participate in assignment activity&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Assignment submission.png |Online text input section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Assignment submission 2.png | File submission section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In this course you can upload upto sizes 500KB file as assignment, If you want to upload files which is more than 500KB, you can [[Learn Google Drive|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;use google drive&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]] to upload your file and give the link here under online text input section. Once you finish your inputs click on &amp;quot;Save changes&amp;quot; to submit your assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note : - If you want submit any of the video you have created, use [[Learn Youtube|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Youtube&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]] to upload it and give the video link under online text input section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://youtu.be/MBfFEuWCX20 &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Click here&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;] to see video about assignment submission on moodle mobile app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== How the student can access the resource ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The students can access the resources which is posted by the teacher &amp;amp; is given permission for downloading to the students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle – Accessing the resource&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Student accessing the resource 1.png|In the above screenshot we are trying to download a file which is uploaded by the teacher for the student.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Student accessing the resource 2.png|Here in the above screenshot, we can download a whole folder which is uploaded &amp;amp; given access to download for the students.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Install Moodle app on your phone===&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle is a free application and it is available for smart phone, download Moodle from [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.moodle.moodlemobile&amp;amp;hl=en_IN google play store].&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* After downloading the &amp;quot;Application&amp;quot; just we need to follow the steps &amp;amp; install the Moodle App in our smartphone.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* When the installation is complete login to the &amp;quot;App&amp;quot; through the &amp;quot;Moodle ID&amp;quot; &amp;amp; &amp;quot;Password&amp;quot; provided.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Advanced features ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Tracking activities of students&lt;br /&gt;
# Tracking assessments and grading assessments&lt;br /&gt;
# Quizzes for ongoing assessment&lt;br /&gt;
# Event tracking using calendar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reference ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://moodle.org/ Moodle]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://docs.moodle.org/34/en/Main_page Moodle handout]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bharath</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Moodle&amp;diff=10556</id>
		<title>Learn Moodle</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Moodle&amp;diff=10556"/>
		<updated>2020-06-19T08:56:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Bharath: /* Discussion forum activity */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/KOER/index.php/ಮೂಡಲ್‌_ಕಲಿಯಿರಿ ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ನೋಡಿ]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Basic information ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|ICT Competency&lt;br /&gt;
|Moodle is a learning management system (LMS) designed to provide educators, administrators and learners with a robust, secure and integrated system to create personalised and collaborative learning environments.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Educational application and relevance&lt;br /&gt;
|Moodle provides and on-line platform for collaborative learning. It empowers teachers to set-up courses, provide learning resources and activities for the course and assess learners. Teachers and learners can share ideas and experiences using the on-line discussion forums in Moodle. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Version&lt;br /&gt;
|Currently using 3.4&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Other similar applications&lt;br /&gt;
|TalentLMS &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|The application on mobiles and tablets&lt;br /&gt;
|It is a web based application, and can be accessed through a browser on any device supporting browsing.&lt;br /&gt;
There is also an app which can be installed on mobiles. The Moodle app is available in Google Play Store. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Development and community help&lt;br /&gt;
|[https://docs.moodle.org/dev/Main_Page Moodle]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Working with Moodle ===&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle is a free and open Learning Management System (LMS). You can configure any number of courses on Moodle. You can categorise courses as required. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;350px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Dashboard options&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle home page.png|Options available in Moodle&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As we  can see in the above screenshot, Moodle displays &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Calendar of events&lt;br /&gt;
*Latest announcements&lt;br /&gt;
*How many online users has accessed Moodle platform&lt;br /&gt;
*If we expand the navigation, we can have a look at the courses we&amp;#039;re enrolled to.&lt;br /&gt;
*Trending random glossary entry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A course is a space on a Moodle site where teachers can add content (learning materials) and activities (pedagogy) for their students. A teacher may be a faculty for more than one course, a course may include more than one teacher and more than one group of learners.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Both teachers and students have to be &amp;#039;registered&amp;#039; for a course (as &amp;#039;teacher&amp;#039; or as &amp;#039;student&amp;#039;), this role configuration is done by the Moodle administrator. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== How to reset your Moodle ID password ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you forgot your Moodle ID or Password, we can reset by following the below steps in screenshots.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Resetting your forgotten Moodle ID or Password&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Mobile App Forgot password Demo.jpeg|Resetting from Moodle App in smartphone&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Web browser forgot password.png|Click here if you have to reset your forgotten ID or password&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Webbrowser forgot password 1.png|Provide username or mail ID to reset&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Logging into Moodle course page ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can login to Moodle, through a phone Moodle app or through any web browser.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Logging IN from Web browser=====&lt;br /&gt;
Click on your Moodle course link and click on the login to view or to edit the course . https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/lms/ to view a Moodle courses managed by Centre for Education and Technology, IT for Change.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Login to the course&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:1. Moodle login page.png|Moodle login screen&lt;br /&gt;
File:2. moodle - After login.png|Course home page&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you login, you can see the list of enrolled courses and you will see your login name on the top right corner of the screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Logging IN from Moodle app=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;450px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Login to the course&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Mobile App.jpeg|Moodle App login screen&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Moodle Home page ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Homepage 1.png|Pic 1 : Moodle LMS login page&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Homepage 2.png|Pic 2 : Username &amp;amp; Password&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Homepage 3.png|Pic 3 : User dashboard&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle Homepage 4.png|Pic 4 : Courses enrolled to in thumbnail view&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Pic 1 :Homepage of https://karnatakaeducation.org.in/lms&lt;br /&gt;
* Pic 2 :Here we have to provide the Username/Moodle ID &amp;amp; Password&lt;br /&gt;
* Pic 3 :After the successful log IN to the account, on the left side of the screen we can find a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;DASHBOARD&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Pic 4 :We can see the Courses we&amp;#039;re enrolled in &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;THUMBNAIL&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; view also.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Faculty view in Moodle ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Editing sections====&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have a new blank course or once you enrolled as teacher for any course, you can start work on it by clicking the &amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Turn editing on&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt; button on the top right side of your screen. Only faculty will have rights to edit the course contents, including adding resources and activities. This is not available for students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the &amp;#039;editing&amp;#039; option is turned &amp;#039;on&amp;#039;, each item on your course homepage and each section/block will display &amp;#039;edit&amp;#039; option, which will enable you to perform different functions such as edit/move/copy/delete/hide. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; In &amp;#039;&amp;#039;your theme the&amp;#039;&amp;#039; icons &amp;#039;&amp;#039;may be  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;different&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. However the functionality is the same for different themes of Moodle.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you click on edit - edit topics, it will take us to edit page (see the below screen shots).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - editing course content sections&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle - edit option 1.png|Click &amp;#039;edit sections&amp;#039; option to start editing section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle - edit option 2.png|Uncheck &amp;#039;Use default section name&amp;#039; for custom title name&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can embed your files like images or videos by dragging and dropping the file to the summary section. You can also adjust the size of the file.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Un-check &amp;quot;Use default section name&amp;quot; to give your custom heading for your section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start adding section summary under the summary box (you can copy paste from an existing text document also). Use the top &amp;#039;basic formatting&amp;#039; toolbar to format your text, you can &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;bold&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;italicise&amp;#039;&amp;#039; your text and perform basic text editing functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the restrict section, you can restrict the page to access as in the screen shot below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - editing course content sections&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle - edit - restrictions 3.png|Set restrictions to access the section&lt;br /&gt;
File:moodle add or remove sections.png|To add or remove sections&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once you have completed your editing and added the text, images, videos in the section, you should on click on &amp;quot;save changes&amp;quot; button to save your content under that section.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll to the bottom of the course main page and, below the last section, look for the small &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;+&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;-&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; icons (at right). Click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;plus&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;+&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;)/&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;minus(-)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to add and remove sections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Adding Resources ====&lt;br /&gt;
A resource is an item that a teacher can use to support learning, such as a file or web link. There are two ways you can add resources to the course page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Embedding the resource directly in the section =====&lt;br /&gt;
Web links can be provided directly in the section itself. You can give the link directly or &amp;#039;embed&amp;#039; the link to existing text (which will show as a hyper link). You can also embed images and videos directly on the section page, by providing the URL where the image or video file is stored in the Moodle (using the Insert -&amp;gt; Media option).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Editing the section&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle adding resources 1.png|Embedding the resource directly to the section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:To add hyperlink.png|Stages on how to link external link&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By selecting the words like highlighted in the above screenshot &amp;amp; clicking the ‘LINK’ symbol, one more ‘pop – window’ will appear where you can paste the website link for quick access while reading a particular paragraph, for the students.&lt;br /&gt;
Above is the screenshot on how to add the “hyperlink” to particular section of “TEXT” by adding the Moodle LMS hyperlink&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Adding resource to the section =====&lt;br /&gt;
To add a resources like files, folder, URLs or to create a book,  choose the section in your course homepage where you&amp;#039;d like it to appear and click on the &amp;quot;Add an activity or resource&amp;quot; available in that section and then select the type of resources you are going to add, from the drop down list. This can be any file you have, which you will upload to Moodle and provide as a resource in this section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you select any resource type from the list, click on &amp;#039;Add&amp;#039;. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In the next dialogue box you have enter the required information. See the screen shot  below for details.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Adding resources into the sections&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle - adding file resources.png|Selecting a type of resources from the list&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Name : Type the name for your resources link, it will create a link which students will  click on to view the file. It will be helpful to give it a name that suggests its purpose / contents. &lt;br /&gt;
* Description : Add a description of your file here if required.&lt;br /&gt;
* Display description on the course page : If this box is ticked, the description will appear on the course page just below the name of the file. &lt;br /&gt;
* Select files : click on &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot; and use the file picker to upload your file or drag and drop your file onto the arrow if you are using an appropriate browser. Here you can also create folder and add multiple resource files to a folder. You can use folders to categories files if you plan to provide  many of them for the section. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Adding resources into the sections&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle adding resources 2.png|Upload files under the select file section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle upload your resource - files.png|Browse your local file location&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once your browse the file then click on upload this file to upload to the page. Finally click on &amp;quot;save and display&amp;quot; to display your resources under the specified section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Adding Activities ====&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle supports a range of different activities types that allow you to insert to any section. You can add interactive exercises for your students.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a activities like quiz, discussion forum, attendances, forms and surveys turn on your editing by clicking on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Turn editing on&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;&amp;#039;. Choose the section in your course homepage where you&amp;#039;d like it to appear and click on the &amp;quot;Add an activity or resource&amp;quot; then select the type of activities you are going to add into section from the list (for example: Quiz).&lt;br /&gt;
===== &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Quiz&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; =====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Adding activities&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle quiz activity_1.png|Select type of activity&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle configuring activity details.png|Configure your activity&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After select any activity which you are going to add it to the section (for example: quiz) then click on &amp;quot;add&amp;quot;. In the next dialog box will be a settings form for the activity like below. &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;General&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Name : Type the name for your activity link, it will create a link which students will  click on to view the file. It will be helpful to give it a name that suggests its purpose / contents. &lt;br /&gt;
** Description : Add a description of your file here if required.&lt;br /&gt;
** Display description on the course page : If this box is ticked, the description will appear on the course page just below the name of the file.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Timing&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
** Open the quiz and Close the quiz : Students can only start their attempt(s) after the open time and they must complete their attempts before the close time.&lt;br /&gt;
** Time limit : If enabled, the time limit is stated on the initial quiz page and a countdown timer is displayed in the quiz navigation block. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring activities&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle adding activity auiz - 3.png|Add basic information about the activities&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle adding activity quiz - 4.png|Setting up display and submitting time&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once the all the settings has been filled out as required and saved, the activity will appear at the bottom of the section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can move any activity around in the course with the move buttons while in course edit mode.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle supports a range of different activities that allow a student add you to insert to any section. You can add interactive questions for the other students in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add questions by clicking on &amp;#039;Creating Question&amp;#039;, then select the type of question you are going to add into section from the list (for example: Multiple Question).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Creating Question&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Question bank 1.png|How to create a new Question&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Question bank 2.png|For the example we are framing ‘Multiple Choice Questions’ type.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Question bank 3.png|You can add the choices for the&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Question bank 4.png|Questions framed in the above screenshot.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Assignment&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; =====&lt;br /&gt;
Assignment helps course creators to give assignments to course participants. They can submit assignments in the form of text by typing in text editor or by they can upload their digitally created content. Creators can download the submissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How to add an ‘Activity or resource’&lt;br /&gt;
By enabling the ‘Turn editing ON’ we can add ‘activity or resource’ in the units&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - How to add an activity or resource&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Adding activity to attendance 1.png|By enabling the ‘Turn editing ON’ we can add ‘activity or resource’ in the units&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring Assignment&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Assignment_0.png|Select assignment module from activities list&lt;br /&gt;
File:Assignment_1.png|Participants can upload their files here&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Forum&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; =====&lt;br /&gt;
Forum module helps course creators to allow participants discuss about course content, resources etc and share their collective knowledge. After a participant is subscribed for a course, he/she can take part in these forums.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring Forum&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Forum_0.png|Select Forum module from activities list&lt;br /&gt;
File:Forum_1.png|Edit these menu options to suit course needs&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Also there is a control menu which enables users to participate in the forums with word count and attachment size. This will help maintain the course with optimum sized files. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Forum_2.png|center|thumb|400x400px|Choose attachment size for files to be uploaded ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Questionnaire&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; =====&lt;br /&gt;
Questionnaire module will help course creators to give quizzes, data collection etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a questionnaire, click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add an activity/resource&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and select Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring Questionnaire&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Questionnaire_0.png|Select Questionnaire module from activities list&lt;br /&gt;
File:Questionnaire_1.png|Edit these menu options to suit course needs&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can control response actions and also activity completion which gives more control to the creator/moderators.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Configuring Questionnaire&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Questionnaire_2.png|Helps to design responses better&lt;br /&gt;
File:Questionnaire_3.png|Deadlines also can be set from these menu&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
After you finish configuring your questionnaire, click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;save and display&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to show the questionnaire or click on save and return to the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Tracking attendance =====&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Attendance&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; module is designed for &amp;#039;&amp;#039;teachers to be able take attendance&amp;#039;&amp;#039; during class, and for &amp;#039;&amp;#039;students to be able to view their own attendance record&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A teacher can mark the attendance status of a student as &amp;quot;Present&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Absent&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;Late&amp;quot;, or &amp;quot;Excused&amp;quot;. These status descriptions are configurable, and more can be added. The teacher adds Attendance as an activity of a course, and then sets up the sessions whose attendance is to be tracked. To create course attendance go to any section and click an &amp;quot;Add an activity or resource&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Adding Attendance for the course&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:Adding attendance.png|Select attendance option from the list&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Adding attendance - 2 .png| Configuring group &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the general section, Enter all the common details like Name of the attendance and description about the attendance (if you have).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Discussion forum activity =====&lt;br /&gt;
The forum activity allows students and teachers to exchange ideas by having discussions on any topic. Any teacher or student registered for the course can post comments, to initiate a new topic, or respond to available discussions on any topic. The discussions for a topic are automatically shown as as part of a &amp;#039;thread&amp;#039; by Moodle. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several forum types to choose from, such as a standard forum where anyone can start a new discussion at any time; a forum where each student can post exactly one discussion; or a question and answer forum where students must first post before being able to view other students&amp;#039; posts. A teacher can allow files to be attached to forum posts. Any images attached  in the forum post are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Discussion forums have many uses, such as&lt;br /&gt;
* A social space for students to get to know each other&lt;br /&gt;
* For course announcements (using a news forum with forced subscription, where only faculty can post)&lt;br /&gt;
* For discussing course content or reading materials&lt;br /&gt;
* For continuing on-line an issue raised previously in a face-to-face session&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
To add discussion topic click on the add &amp;quot;an activity or resource&amp;quot; option and select forum option from the activities list.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle discussion topics 1.png|Enter the discussion topic and summary&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Moodle discussion topics 2.png|Restricting attachment size and text length&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under the &amp;quot;general&amp;quot; section type your discussion topic and under the &amp;quot;attachments and word count&amp;quot; you can limit the size of the attachment and word counts and number of attachments etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After you completes the editing, click on &amp;quot;Save and display&amp;quot; to display third discussion thread under your selected section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Students can start replying to a topic / discussion by simply clicking on the &amp;#039;reply&amp;#039; option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Advanced Activities ====&lt;br /&gt;
1.Check list &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2.Chat &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3.Lesson &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4.Workshop &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Multi-lingual offering of courses ====&lt;br /&gt;
The multi-language content filter enables resources to be created in multiple languages. Moodle by default language will be in English and for running any local languages, language packages need to install in your server (This will be done by your web admin).&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Moodle Multi-lingual.png|none|thumb|600x600px|Use the Moodle in multi-language model]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Login to your course and on the top right side of the screen you can select the language which you want see your course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Adding content in the course page =====&lt;br /&gt;
For adding other language content into any section, after you enable the editing option and select click on edit -&amp;gt; edit topic.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Moodle mult-lingual content .png|left|thumb|500x500px|Adding content in multiple language]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the section open with edit option, for adding Kannada  text in to the section just add &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;{mlang kn}&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (&amp;#039;kn&amp;#039; means Kannada, replace this with your language) before your text began and at the end of your text just add &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;{mlang}&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. follow the same steps for any other language which is already installed in your moodle server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====How to add a new course====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a faculty wants to add/create a ‘New course’ to the Moodle page below are the steps.&lt;br /&gt;
    1. Teacher’s Dashboard ►Site administration ►Courses ►Manage courses &amp;amp; categories►Create a new course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;700px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - How to add a new course&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:How to add a new course in Moodle.png|Steps on how to add a new course&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Student view in Moodle ===&lt;br /&gt;
This page will help you to navigate around your course as student. Once faculty enrol you to a course, you can browse all the the course content from the moodle site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Student/User information ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle - Student login page&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:1. Edit profile - moodle.png|Home page of student account&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Most courses will allow the student to see profile of the login user from the top right side. This block will allow the student to see information about themselves in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Course navigation ====&lt;br /&gt;
In the main page, you can see the two columns: Navigation, Course contents with course sections and news, and upcoming events. You need to click on each tab to see more information.[[File:2. Course lists.png|thumb|See the list of course you are registered|none]] Once you click on the course, The course will open and from the left side course navigation option, directly you can go to any section in the course.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://youtu.be/TPRHv0-_Ebg Click here] to see the tutorial on how access course content from moodle mobile app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Participating in activities ====&lt;br /&gt;
Under every section of the courses, faculty will give some activities to be completed by students. Activities may be quizzes, assignments, checklists and also discussion topics. Click on the activity to participate in it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Participating in assignments activity =====&lt;br /&gt;
If the activity is assignments, you have click on the title of the activity to read the full assignment and click on &amp;quot;add submission&amp;quot; it will open &amp;quot;online text section&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;file submission&amp;quot; sections, under online text section directly you can give text input of your assignment. In file submission section you can upload any files like images, text files, audio’s etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;450px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle – Uploading the assignment&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Gif to upload Assignment in Moodle.gif|This is how you can upload assignment through &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Moodle App&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Participate in discussion forum =====&lt;br /&gt;
Under the first general section you have to click on the  &amp;quot;General discussion forum for faculty and students&amp;quot; link to see all the discussion topics. To reply to any topic, click on the topic and type your reply by clicking on the reply link under others replies. Under every reply text input box, also it will allow you to upload your files if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;250px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Participate in the discussion topics&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:3. Course assignments Moodle .png|&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;400px&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Participating in assignment activity.png|&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Addition to the existing topic, you can create new discussion topic by clicking on &amp;quot;Add a new discussion topic&amp;quot;. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Also, [https://youtu.be/rRaNAdpPJFY click here] to see the video tutorial on how to participate in discussion forum in mobile app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Participating in assignments activity&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
File:3. Course assignments Moodle 2 .png| Participate in assignment activity&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Assignment submission.png |Online text input section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Assignment submission 2.png | File submission section&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In this course you can upload upto sizes 500KB file as assignment, If you want to upload files which is more than 500KB, you can [[Learn Google Drive|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;use google drive&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]] to upload your file and give the link here under online text input section. Once you finish your inputs click on &amp;quot;Save changes&amp;quot; to submit your assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note : - If you want submit any of the video you have created, use [[Learn Youtube|&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Youtube&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;]] to upload it and give the video link under online text input section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://youtu.be/MBfFEuWCX20 &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Click here&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;] to see video about assignment submission on moodle mobile app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== How the student can access the resource ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The students can access the resources which is posted by the teacher &amp;amp; is given permission for downloading to the students.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Moodle – Accessing the resource&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Student accessing the resource 1.png|In the above screenshot we are trying to download a file which is uploaded by the teacher for the student.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery mode=&amp;quot;packed&amp;quot; heights=&amp;quot;300px&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Student accessing the resource 2.png|Here in the above screenshot, we can download a whole folder which is uploaded &amp;amp; given access to download for the students.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Install Moodle app on your phone===&lt;br /&gt;
Moodle is a free application and it is available for smart phone, download Moodle from [https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.moodle.moodlemobile&amp;amp;hl=en_IN google play store].&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* After downloading the &amp;quot;Application&amp;quot; just we need to follow the steps &amp;amp; install the Moodle App in our smartphone.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* When the installation is complete login to the &amp;quot;App&amp;quot; through the &amp;quot;Moodle ID&amp;quot; &amp;amp; &amp;quot;Password&amp;quot; provided.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Advanced features ===&lt;br /&gt;
# Tracking activities of students&lt;br /&gt;
# Tracking assessments and grading assessments&lt;br /&gt;
# Quizzes for ongoing assessment&lt;br /&gt;
# Event tracking using calendar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reference ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://moodle.org/ Moodle]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://docs.moodle.org/34/en/Main_page Moodle handout]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Bharath</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>